CIHM
Microfiche
Series
(IMonograplis)

ICIVIH

Collection de
microfiches
(monographies)

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian da microraproductions historiquas

Technical and Bibliographic Notes / Notes techniques et bibliographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the t)est original
copy available for filming. Features of this copy which
may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of
the images in the reproduction, or which may
significantly change the usual method of filming are
checked below.

Coloured covers /
Couverture de couleur

I I Covers damaged /

Couverture endommag^

Covers restored and/or laminated /
Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicula

Cover title missing / Le titre de couverture manque

Coloured maps / Cartes g^ographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black) /
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Coloured plates and/or illustrations /
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material /
Reli4 avec d'autres documents

Only edition available /
Seule Edition disponible

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along
interior margin / La reliure serr^ peut causer de
I'ombre ou de la distorsion le long de la marge
int^rieure.

Blank leaves added during restorations may appear
within the text. Whenever possible, these have been
omitted from filming / Use peut que certaines pages
blanches ajout^es lors d'une restauration
apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela 6tait
possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 film^es.

Additional comnrants /
Commentaires suppl^mentaires:

L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a
6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exem-
plaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibli-
ographique, qui peuvent nfKXiifier une image reproduite,
ou qui peuvent exiger une modifk»tion dans la m^tho-
de normale de filmage sont indiqute ci-dessous.

I I Coloured pages / Pages de couleur

I I Pages damaged / Pages endommagtes

Pages restored and/or laminated /
Pages restaurtes et/ou pellicul^es

Pages discoloured, stained or foxed /
Pages dteolor^es, tachettes ou piqu^es

I I Pages detached / Pages d^tach^es

|\/[ Showthrough / Transparence

I I Quality of print varies /

D
D

Quality in^gale de I'impression

Includes supplementary material /
Comprend du materiel suppl6mentaire

Pages wholly or partially obscured by en-ata slips,
tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages totalement ou
partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une
pelure, etc., ont 6\6 filmtes k nouveau de fagon h
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

Opposing pages with varying colouration or
discolourations are filmed twice to ensure the best
possible image / Les pages s'opposant ayant des
colorations variables ou des decolorations sont
film^es deux fois afin d'obtenir la meilleure image
possible.

This Kam it filmed at tiM raduction ratio chacind balow /

Ca docunnant aat film* au taux da rMuetion indiqu* ei-daaaoua.

lOx

14x

lax

22x

26x

30X

12x 16x 20x

24x 28x 32x

Th« copy filmtd hart has baan raproducad thanks
to tha ganarosity of:

National Library of Canada

L'axamplaira film* fut raproduit grica A la
gAnirositA da:

Bibliothique nationala du Canada

Tha imagaa appaaring hara ara tha bast quality
poMibIa eonsidaring tha condition and lagibility
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha
filming contract apacif icationa.

Original capias in printad papar covars ara filmad
baginning with tha front eovar and anding on
tha last paga with a printad or illustratad impraa-
sion, or tha back covar whan apprepriata. All
othar original capias ara filmad baginning on tlta
first paga with a printad or illustratad impraa-
sion. and anding on tha last paga with a printad
or illuatratad imprassion.

Tha last racordad frama on aach microflcha
shall contain tha symbol ^^ (moaning "CON-
TINUED"!, or tha symbol ▼ (moaning "END"),
whichavar applias.

Las imagas suivantas ont M raproduitas avsc la
plus grsnd soin. eompta tanu da la condition st
da la nattat* da raxamplaira film*, at sn
eonformit* avac las conditions du contrat da
fllmaga.

Laa aiamplalras originaux dont la couvartura sn
papiar aat ImprimAa sont fllmte an commancant
par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit psr la
darniira paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'illustration, soit par la sacond
plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axampisiras
originaux sont filmis an commanpant par la
prami*ra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'illustration at 9n tarminant par
la darniAra paga qui comporta una tall*
amprainta.

Un das symbolas suivants spparaltra sur la
darnlAra imaga da chaqua microflcha. salon la
cas: la symbols "^ signifis "A SUIVRE". la
symbols ▼ signifio "FIN".

Maps, platas. charts, ate., may ba filmad at
diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to bo
antiraly includad in ona sxposura ara filmad
baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar, laft to
right and top to bottom, as many framas as
raquirad. Tha following diagrams illustrata tha
mathod:

Las cartas, planchas. tablaaux, ate. pauvant itra
filmAs 4 das taux da reduction diffArsnts.
Lorsqus la documant ast trop grand pour Atra
raproduit an un saul clich*. il ast filmA A partir
da I'angia supAriaur gaucha. da gaucha i droits.
at da haut an bas. an pranant la nombra
d'imagas nAcassaira. Las diagrammas suivants
illustrant la mAthoda.

MCMCOrV MKXUTION TUT CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

^ APPLIED IN/MGE Inc

165} EasI Molr- SIrmt

Rochester. New roik U609 USA

(716) 482 - 0300 -Phone

(716) 288- 5989 - Fo«

-4^^"

.-n-'.

./'j

¥-

w::m^

THE GENERAL COURSE OF THE PROPOSED TRANSCONTINEN . AL

NO PORTION OF THE ROAD IS

«F

W^ I ^ ^^^VHl \^'v^

j*-«*»-

Miaroi

-i-'

STAT^: OF
^fAIVK

'« ^ */ CHI

mvritiaove uac

4-5

St.lnOrtu

MAP ( )\<

^m^k

j^tuf'

fMiarou. I*-

SKippegftti 14-

AortA Capt

^^wn^jjfit^i

^.^^^

!4S

C £^4'

^\f

»„ ^'*u.

♦ 5

y Wan*ManajiI*-

\IAI» OF

Xova Scotici, Xew Brunswick, IViiicc
Bdwcird Isknid and Cape Hrcton

IXIMIXlll.V OK KANAKA,

'''"''""■''"'"'■■;,' ' "■' i'"^- ^vnxhv X. ,.|smi.:k

"Sr .-1.

•^ "^

*»>:

E A N

ongUuatJW««t ji-omGTMnu>wh gj

;4Sl

.44

V-V^,

A-

,£

T
i

i ^?

-^ ''-f-

-tu,.

, N N

t 5 T <\,

•--^- t ■■'

O.XTARIii AMI OUI'DM

I X >M1 V ;( i\

"^AiM )4^<^^

itaMft

'"Xm/rir.n-

../ \

fi4

£2

- i".--!' ■'^- Vw. O '■**' ^' ■■■: > '

:;..; ^tr- '-JH'

^ \

-;■■-. .^,

-A

; I

1 '»),

•*f-9ir »r

■, ;-•■■■• t*'

< <

-i *•"

' Q

'■ O

]■ .,,r,, .

yt-K

^
*\^

.., „^».,..

• ;■;_;■;•

:,..■)."' "

[-^

Louisiana Purchase Exposition
1904

CANADA

1T»

HISTORY, PRODUCTIONS

AND

NATURAL RESOURCES

PRBI'ARXn BV

GliORGK JOHNSON, D.C.L., F'.SS. (Hon.)

I'NDKK THK DIRKCTION OK

THE HONOURABLE SYDNEY FISHER

MINISTER OK AORICULTURK, CANADA

DRPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE OV CANADA, OTTAWA

1904

fV"

Table of Contents

Extent of Canada

Short History ok Canada

Ci.iMATK OF Canada

PoPi'i.ATioN OH Canada —

AlK)rij{inal

Other

Poi.iTicAi. Constitution—

Federal

Provincial

Public Lands—
Dominion
Provincial

Public Debts —

Federal

Provincial
Public Revenues and Kxpknditurks

Education

Crime

Industries of Canada-
Extractive Industries :
Agriculture
Fisheries

Forest

Mining
Constructive Industries
Transportation —
Canals

Railways . .

Shipping . .

Auxiliaries ok Transport :
Rankin); . .
Postal Service
Telegraphs . .
Telephones
Insurance

Navigation Securities
Trade and Commerce

Cities

Newspapers

Animal Like and Hunting Grounds

PAGE

1-4
4-27

27-39

40-47
47-5'

51-56

56-5S

58-65
65-68

68-69
70
71-74
75-78
78-82

82-91

91-95

95-100

100-114

114-U9

120-125
''25-' 31
13'-I33

I 33- '36
'36-137
'37
'38
'38-'4i
141-142
142-150

I5'-I58
158-161
161-176

To THE Hon. Sydney Fisher, M.P., P.C,

Minister of Agriculture and Statistics.

Sir, — 111 preparing under your instructions a liandbook
of Canada for tlit I.ouisiana Purchase Exposition. 1904. I
have (.ndcavoured to give infuruiation about the Dominion
which will be useful both to the studei. .d to the general
public, to those whose avocations lead them to gather facts
for use in enlightened discussion, and to those who seek in-
\ formation for their own purposes.

The facts about Canada, as about any country, are best
presented in a statistical form when the space at command
i.> limited.

I have attempted to ^ake such selection of facts as will
illustrate the development of the country, chiefly during the
period of the Union by virtue of which we became one
country from the Atlantic to the Pacific.

1 have the honour to be. Sir,

Your obedient servant,

GEORGE JOHNSON,

Statistician, F.S.S. {/ion.)

Ottawa, Feby., 1904.

CANADA

GEOGRAPHY.

Jacques Cartter, of St. Malo, sailed up " the great river "
'" 1534. Rave it the name it bears, and wrote in his journal
tl'.at the natives called the place, in which they had estab-
li.shed themselves for the time being, Canata, the meaning
of which, as subsequent investigations have shown, is
" collection of wigwams."

In the slightly changed form, Canada, the word is now
applied to that portion of the North American continent
not included in the United States of North and Central
America and Mexico.

This northern region, which faces three oceans, contains
3745.574 square miles of continental area, including the
Arctic Archipelago, the area of which has not been deter-
mined, but may be estimated at 500,000 square miles.

A* 'fferent times in its history this country has been
divifi "o Provinces and Districts. At present there are

sixteen hese divisions. Eleven of them have, in part,
water foi meir boundary; five are wholly in the interior.

Four of the eleven border on the Arctic Ocean. One
looks out on the Pacific. Four are bounded on their sea-
ward side by the Hudson Bay, and four are washed by the
Atlantic Ocean and its great estuarial sea, the Gulf of St.
Lawrence.

All the sixteen Provinces and Districts are well watered,
the rivers and lakes of Canada being on a scale commen-
surate with the vastness of the country.

The River St. Lawrence penetrates the Provinces of
Ontario and Quebec, in a southerly and westerly direction,
for a navigable distance of over 2.300 miles tron\ the ocean.
It has tnbiit.'iry rivers, such as the Ottawa, with a total
length of 780 miles, the St. Maurice, the Saguenay, the
Manicouagan, the Trent, the du Loup, the Richelieu and
many others.

t CANADIAN HANDBOOK

The lacustrine expansions connected with th'- St.
Lawrence and its tributaries arc numerous, and many are
of great size. Lake Superior has a water surface area of
31,800 square miles: Lake Huron 23,200; Eric 10,030;
(Ontario 7,260; Ncpigon 1.450; Lake St John 366; Lake
Simcoe 300; Lake St. Clair 445, and there are other smaller
lakes, making up an area of over 75,000 square miles of
Canadian lakes connected with the St. Lawrence.

The Provinces of the East, or the Acadian region, have
rivers of large size. The St. John River drains an area of
26,000 square miles, one half of which is in the Canadian
Province of New Brunswick. Other rivers of considerable
magnitude are the Restigouche and the Miramichi.

West and north of the St. Lawrence River and its tribu-
taries are many rivers of large size. In the Territories and
Manitoba are the Mackenzie (2,400 miles in length), the
Copper Mine and Great Fish Rivers, which flow into the
Arctic Ocean; the Saskatchewan River (1,500 miles) ; the
Hod River and its tributary, the Assiniboine, which flow into
I akc Wiimipeg, discharging thence through the Nelson
River and the Churchill ; the Haye and other rivers, which
flow into the Hudson Bay, draining into it the waters of an
area estimated at 370,000 square miles. In British
Columbia arc the Eraser River and the Columbia (1,200
miles), and in the Yukon District is the Yukon River, which
carries off the surplus waters of a great tract of country in
Canada before flowing into the sea on the western side of
the United States District of Alaska. Connected with
these and other rivers are lakes of large size. Lake of the
Woods (1,500 square miles), Lake Manitoba (1,900), Great
r.ear Lake (11,200), Great Slave Lake (10,100), Athabasca
(4,400), Winnipeg Lake (9,400), Winnipegosis (2,030).

The principal Mountains of Canada are the Rocky
Mountains- in the west, which extend in Canada from the
Arctic Ocean to the Dnited States, and contain the highest
praks in Canada ; among the chief being Mount Robsou,
13,700 feet high.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK »

From one of the mountain peaks of the Rockies water
falls into streamlets that carry it Into greater streams which
find their way to the Arctic Ocean, to Hudson Bay and to
the Pacific Ocean.

Further west than the Rocky Mountains range is the
Coast range, and oetwcen these are several ranges, the
Selkirk and the Gold being the principal.

Thus, in a general view, Canada consists of the moun-
tainous region of the West, the prairie country between the
Rockies and Hudson Ray, and the woodland region, com-
prising the Provinces of Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick
and Nova Scotia.

The width of these several belts east and west is :
Mountain, 600 miles; Prairie, 1,000 miles; Woodland, 2,300
miles.

The area of 3,745,574 s(iuare miles is divided for pur-
piiscs of administration into the following Provinces and
Districts : —

PH0VI.\CK> .\ND
l)l8THrtT»

» Orijiiiiiil Conffdoratioii —

? Ontario

I Qneljt'c

f -Nova Scotia

I New Brunswick

I Provint'ea admitted —
•I Manitoba

British ('oliiinl)ia

Prince Edward Itiiand .
District f! created—

Keewatin*

As.<inib()''i

Saskatcii van

Aibtrtx

Athabaska

Yukon*

Mackenzie*

I'ngava*

Fnink^in*

Date of
Organization
or .\dniii-gioii

.Inlv 1, l.sti?
"■ 1. 1867
" 1, 1S(>7

" 1, iHf.r

" 15. 1870
" 20, 1871
" 1, 1S73

Apr. 12, 1H7«

Mhv 17, 1K,S2

••" 17, 18S2

" 17, 1882

" 17, 1^82

.FunelS, 1898

Oct. 2, 1895

" 2, 1895

Totals.

.Vkea, SijrAKE Mii.Ks
Water

411,354

10,117

3tiO

9,40.-)
2,439

13,419

600

3,772

3«2

8,805

649

29,548

5,H52

Land

220,508

341,7.5<i

21.0<>8

27,911

«4,;!27

370,191

2,184

456,997
88,279
103,84()
101,521
243.160
196,327
6.32,634
349,109
500,0<

Total

260,862

.•!51,873

21,428

27,985

7;!, 732

372,630

2,184

470,416

88,879
107,618
101,883
251,W5
196,976
5H2. 182
3-i4,9*il
.500,000

125,7.5.5 !3,619,819 : 3,745,574

■ The boHnilarlcs of those rtislricts wero changed l>y Order ii> Council luth Dec, 18 '7.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

The Dominion is as large as the United States and the
dependencies of Hawaii and the Philippine Islands.

II.

HISTORICAL SKETCH OF CANADA.

There is so much that is unique in the history of Canada
that the task of presenting an adequate conspectus of her
past, within the narrow limits imposed, is far from being
one easy of accomplishment. The most that can be done
.> to bring under review some of the leading incidents and
personages and to indicate as far as possible their influence
m moul.hng her liistory and determining the course of
events.

The history of Canada may be .livided into three
periods: the first covering the discovery and exploration of
the country; the sec-nd its occupation and settlement by
the French; and the third its development as part of the
British Empire.

1st Period.— The Discovery and Exploration of Canada.

The Norse Sagas have been recognized in recent years
r-s possessed of undoubted value as historical works " The
narratives which tell us of Vinland and of Leif Eric's son
are closely intertwined with the authentic history of Nor-
uay and Iceland." From these Sagas of the tenth and
eleventh centuries comes the record of the eariiest vovages
of discovery on the north-eastern shores of this continent
rhe movement of population from Norway, after the naval
battle of Hafursfiord in 872, resulted in giving Iceland in a
few years a population of 50,000 souls. Among these was
a settler named Gunnbjorn. who. in 876, was driven by a
fierce western storm to Greenland, where he and lus crew
[.assed the winter, returning to Iceland in the following
spring. The story of their adventure-" lingered among
the firesides of the homes of Iceland for many a long year

'J
•A

CANADIAN -HAflDBOOK t

and after a century harl passed, Kric the Red, being out-
lawed for killing ;• neiKlibour in a brawl, resolved to spend
the years of his banishment in searching for the western
land associated with Gunnbjorn's adventure. He left
Iceland in 983, and in three years' time had explored Lhe
south-cast side of Crecnland and. following the shore round
Cape Farewell, had examined a portion of the west side
where he found in one of its deep fiords a place for a home'
Rcturnmg t.. Iceland he pn>ved himself so goo.l an emigra-
tion agent that he soon left with 25 vessels. I le encountere.l
storms, and lost eleven of his fleet. The remainder, carry-
ing four or five bun.lred j.ersons. arrived safely at the
.selected si>ot. The colony was successfully planted, and
for four hundred years the descendants lived and laboured
and loved on the west coast of the land Eric ha.l named

.reenland Durmg many years communication was constant
between the coloni.sts and the Mother Isle. Among those
vxho accompanied Eric was one Hcrjulf, who, on one occa-
sion, went to Iceland on a lengthenc.l visit. His son

.jarm thought he, too. would cross over to Iceland to see
his father. Landed there he found that his father had left
tor Creenland ; sailing after him Bjarni was borne by con-
trary winds far to the sc.uth. making after many days an
unknown lan.I. He ,„rned to the north, and in eight or
l-n days sighted the well-knoun fiord on the Greenland
Coast.

Naturally there was much speculation about the unknown
land Bjarni had seen, and some years after I.eif. the son of
Lnc. sailed in the .summer time of the year ,000 southward

Hat "rock t'."' »° \^r'" ''"^ P'^"*'^""^ ^°^'^^^d ^ith
Hat rock. Ihis land he called Heluland or Slate ..and

Continuing his voyage of discovery, he arrived at a lan<l

covered with forest. The wooded coast he called Mark-

1 nd or W oodland. From this land he stood out to .sea, and

duven before a north-easterly wind, came in sight of land

I'olou'ing the coast, he came to a b..dy of water connected

u. h the ocean by a short river. Entering the lake he

deternnned to winter there, and. as one of his men found

I TANAUmN HANtiHiK>K

KTapi-s in ahmi.laiur, I'ru' i;»ll«''l ''"• l''^"*' \ '"'i"'"!. :""'
tlu-n- siKi. tlu- \vint»T. ivturiiitiK with a tarn.' "f hiiitl..r t..
(ir.iiilan.l tlu- f..ll..wiiin year llu- ...i.im.miiati..n with
a limiber cuiintrs , tlni> ..piiii;.!. luiiliiuuil from yoar to year
till, in tlif spring of 1007. Thorriiui K;irl-.cfiii r«'soIvf<l upon
foriiiinga colony in Vinlau I, and aiionlintrly sailcl iliitlu-r.
The colony, however. .li<l not smcocl. an.! the Mirvivors
rctnrni'.l to (irccnlaiul in 101 _>. ilu- hi-t authority. Dr.
Storm, condiKlcs after careful investi),';!' loiis that Vin-
land was thai part of Canada knowii as Nova Scotia, and
that these Norse VoyaRei- ■iailed alon^ the Labrador o-ast,
and the Xewfonndl.in.l coa-t, and crossing' the straits h.id
attempted colonization in Acad' i.

The practical results of these early v.'ya(je< of iliscovery
were of little value. The fact?, were in the SaK:as; but
Southern Kun pe, having little or no comnumic;:tioM with
the countries in the north, ne\er Kirne.l of the existence
of the New Continent. It was not till John .fud Sebastian
Cabot, father and son, had persuaded Henry V'H. to com-
mission them to make a voyage of discovery by sailing;
westward that \'i!dand was rediscovered in 140", the land-
fall beinp, as seems fully established, at C. :'e liretou. In
the following year, Sebastian Cabot nuide another voyage,
going into high latitudes for the ])urpose of discovering a
north-west passage to the Indies. On this voyage he
sailed as far north as Hudson Stniits. Animate<l by his
example, Caspar Cortereal, a IVirtugncse gentleman, sailed
along the eastern sea front of the country now called
C;iuada, from Hudson Straits (which he uanucl Kio Xcvado
--the "River of Snow") to the I'.ay of l'"undy. It is
claimed that he partially explored the (lulf of St. Lawrence,
but of the result of his investigations no record remains.
Flngland and Portugal being thus ciMuiected by voyages of
discovery with Canada, France was n.'t far behind. The
probable date of the first French expedition to Cape I'.reton
is 1504. The French navigator Denys < xplored the great
Culf of St. Lawrence in i^ofh

H t0i-^.

CANADIAN IIANI»H«K>K

I'Voiii tliat tiiiM' liiiwanl the liili fi>lirrif,s nf llu- \iu
I'oiituilaiKl Hankn ami tlic ^liorcs <.l' tlir (iulf l»f»aiiii; llur
magiu't «lra\viiijj tlie hardy I'.rftuii, r.a-.i|nc, N'..riii.iii ami
West of EtiKl<'iii*t fishfrnifn to our coasts. Ca|>c I'.roton,
a name piihlishi-tl on tlic earliest maps, tlerivi'<l its iianit-
fr<»in the Hretun fislurmcn, who thus hcK-iu tlie loiiji-cou
tinued custom <>i traiisfirriujj the names ol tliiir Eastern
liomes to tliis outineiit.

None t»f the voyages thus taken, however, liad any re-
ference to the settlement of the country. It was reserved
lor France to make the first attempt in this direction, when,
in the year 1518, the Daron de I.ery fitted out an expedi-
tion with that end in view. Unfortunately the fates were
not propitious to this venture, and beyond the landing of
some horses on Sable Island, wiure thev multiplied greatly
and exist in droves to the present day, nothing was
accomplished.

France had as yet done little in exploring or occupying
any portion of this boundless continent, whose wealth was
filling the coffers of her rivals, and Francis I. resolved to
claim a share of the prize. " Shall the Kings of Spain and
Portugal," he exclaimed, "divide an America between
tliem? I would like to see the clause in father Adam's will
bequeathing that vast inheritance to them." Under his
direction, therefore, in 1324, Verrazano, a Florentine, was
sent forth. He ranged the coast from Florida to 50 degrees
north latitude, and annexed on behalf of France the entire
region previously explored by the Cabots, designating it
" N'ew France." 'Iho rival claims* arising from these ex-
plorations were the chiot grounds of the long and Moody
conflict which later on was wageil between Cireat i'.ritain
and France for the possessi'ii of fh\s magnificent region
beyond the seas, and the mariti'; c supremacy tliat went
with it.

Thus fitfully and feebly were .he 'irst attempts to found
settlements on the North American coasts carried on up to
the close of the first quarter of the sixteenth century, and,

it CANADIAN HANDBOOk

as we have seen, without anything practical or permanent
being achieved.

and Period. — Occupation and Settlement by the French.

In the year 1534 when France had somewhat rallied
from the disaster inflicted upon her during recent wars,
fresh enterprises were undertaken in the New World, and
on the 20th April of that year the real discoverer of Canada
proper, Jacques Cartier, a native of St. Malo, was sent out
with two small vessels of about 60 tons each. Sailing
through the Strait of Belle Isle, he scanned the barren
coast of Labrador, and almost circunlnavigated Newfound-
land. Turning thence south-westward, he passed the
M.nj^dalen Islands, and on a glorious July dav entered the
large bay, for which the intense heat suggested the name
of " des Chaleurs " it hears to this day. On the rocky
headland of Gaspe he landed and, erecting a huge cross
bearing the fleur-de-lis of France, took possession of the
countn' in the name of his sovereign Francis I.

Learning from the natives of the existence of a great
river leading so far up into the interior that " no man had
ever traced it to its source," he sailed up the Gulf of St.
Lawrence until he could see land on either side. But the
season being well advanced, he deemed it prudent to go no
further until he should return next summer.

Delighted with the report his faithful lieutenants
broueht back, the French king, in the following year, fitted
Cartier out with three fine vessels, of which the largest was
120 tons burthen, and despatched him with the special
blessing of the bishop of St. Malo and with a commission
from himself tc " form cttlemcnts in the country and open
traffic with the native tribes." The little squadron reached
the mouth of the St. Lawrence about the middle of July,
and, the loth of August being the festival of St. Lawrence,
Cartier gave the name of that saint to the small bay in
which he then was, since when it has extended to include
tlic entire gulf and river.

■<

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

Continuing up the noble stream, lie came, on .September
I 7th, to a fertile, vine-clad island, which he nanwd the Isle

of Bacchus. It is now the Island of Orleans. Here Don-
nacona, the Sachem of the Algonquin nation, made him a
state visit, accompanied by no less than five hundred fol-
lowers in twelve huge canoes ; and seven days later, having
made up his mind to winter in the country, Cartier anchored
his fleet at the mouth of the St. Charles river, where stood
the Indian town of Stadacona, beneath the high beetling
l>romontory now crowned with the historic ramparts of
Quebec.

Impatient to explore the river stretching out so grandly
before him, Cartier advanced with fifty men in his smallest
vessel. But the sand-bars of Lake St. Peter compelled
him to take to his boats. In these he pressed onward,
until on October 2nd he reached the populous Indian town
of Hochelaga, nestling beneath the wood-crested height
which with characteristu: loyaltv he called " Mont Royal,"
since anglicized into Montreal. The friendly natives
thronged the shore by hundreds, and received the pale-faced
strangers with manifestations of the utmost delight, loading
their boats with lavish presents of corn and fish. From his
kindly hosts, Cartier learned of the existence, far to the west
and south, of inland seas, broad lands and mighty rivers,
then an almost unbroken solitude, now the home of a pros-
perous people.

After three days of pleasant intercourse, Cartier re-
turned to Stadacona and wintered there, his little force
uffering severely from insufficient food and inadequate
clothing, being also plagued with scurvy of a malignant
type, whose violence neither processions, vows nor litanies
availed to stay. The following spring he returned to
France, taking with him, much against their will. King
Donnacona and nine of his chiefs as living trophies of his
expedifion.

Five years elapsed before Cartier returned to Canada as
Captain General and Master Pilot. Associated with him
was the Sieur de Roberval, whom the French monarch had

r-ANADTAN ITANDBOOK

created Lieuteiiaiit-deiural and Viceruy of Iiis ncwly-
ae<iuired possessions. 'Ilie natives were at first friendly
as before, but became hostile on learning that Donnacona
and his companions had not returnee!; and Cartier's treach-
ery began to recoil upon his own head. Another gloomy
winter was spent, and ap'ain the would-be colonists went
back home disheartened, although Roberval, whom unfore-
seen obstacles had detained in Franco for a twelve months,
meeting them at Xewfoundland, tried hard to retain them.
Robers'al continued on his course, and wintered at Cape
Rouge, whither, in 1543, Cartier was sent to carry the orders
for his recall, and the latter, after enduring a tfiird winter,
left the country in the spring of 1544 never to return.

With the disastrous failure of all these early expeditions,
the efforts of France to colonize Canada were suspended for
a full half century, with the single exception of the Marquis
de la Roche's quixotic attempt to settle Sable Island with a
band of convicts selected from the royal prisons — an
attempt, it need hardly be said, that had no other result
tiian to furnish historians with a highly romantic episode,
and a spot on that " dark isle of mournin"' " with the name
of the " French Gardens."

With the opening of the seventeenth century there
appears upon the scene one of the most remarkable of the
many remarkable men who have taken an active part in
moulding the destinies of Canada. This .'s Samuel de
Champlain, whose high qualities both aS a sailor and soldier
marked him out as one peculiarly fitted for the task of open-
ing up New France to civilization. Accordingly in 1603
he was commissioned, in conjunction with Pontgrave, for
th's arduous enterprise, and Iiis first vt)ya"i', which ])ro-
duced nothing but a cargo of furs, was made in that year.
Two years later, however, he returned in connection with
a much larger expedition, headed by the Sieur de Monts,
who had obtained a patent of the vice-royalty of La Cadie
or Acadie, now called Nova Scotia, and the first actual
settlement by Europeans within the boundaries of the pre-
sent Dominion of Canada was then (1605) made by de

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

Monts at Port Royal (now Annapolis Royal) in Nova
Scotia, and there tlic first field of wheat ever sown by the
hand of white man in all Canada was sown — winter wheat
it was, for Poutrincourt says " it grew under the snow."
The little colony here established, after a fitful existence of
several years, was finally destroyed by the English under
Argall, the bitter strife between the French and English
nations, which disturbed the continent for one hundred and
fifty years, there finding its beginning, and making, during
its continuance. Port Royal famous as the most assaulted
spot on this continent. It has been taken by force, five
tin'es by the English — by Argall in 1613, by Kirk in 1621,
by Sedgwick in 1654, by Phipps in 1690 and by Nicholson
in 1 7 10. It was by them abandoned or restored to the
French four times — by Argall in 1613, by the treaty of St.
Germain in 1632, by treaty of Breda in 1667 and by treaty
of Ryswick in 1697. It was unsuccessfully attacked by
the English three times — by Church in 1694, by March in
1707, and by Wainwright also in 1707. It was unsuccess-
fully attacked by the F>ench and Indians twice — in July,
1744, by Abbe de Loutre, and in September, 1744, by
Duvivier. It was taken, sacked and abandoned twice, once
by pirates in 1690 and once by United States revolutionary
forces in 1781.

It may be considered the nursery from whose small but
vigorous beginnings sprang the two branches of the two
great races which after a hundred and fifty years of fierce
fightings around Port Royal for supremacy through the
arts of war, are now, and have been for a century and a
third, joint proprietors of Canada, having settled down to
iioI)ler rivalries in the arts of peace, with the one common
object of making the land they live in a .shining example of
the prosperity that surely comes from concord and well
cemented union.

Passing fnuii Acadia to Canada proper, e find Cham-
plain ill 1608 once more ascending the broad St Lawrence,
and on the 3r(l of July, beneath the craggy heights of
ntu'bcc, Ipving the foundation of one of the most famous

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

cities of the new world. The colonists soon were com-
fortably housed and the land cleared for tillage. Thence-
forward, during many years, the history of Quebec was the
history of Canada, and its annals contain little beyond the
pathetic struggles of the colonists with the difficulties of
their situation, and the dangers which constantly menaced
them from their Indian foes. For the intense hostility of
the Indians, the French were themselves wholly to blame.
We have already seen how Cartier's treatment of Don-
nacona recoiled on him ; and now Champlain, under
stringencv of circumstance through necessity of dividing
the Indian tribes for his own preservation, incurred the
implacable hatred of the powerful Iroquois nation, by join-
ing forces with the Algonquins in an attack upon one of
their strongholds. The temporary advantage thereby
gained was dearly paid for by a century and a half of
rapine, plunder and nameless barbarities.

The Prince of Conde, Admiral Montmorency, and the
Due de Ventado'ir became successively viceroys of Canada,
but the valour, fidelity and zeal of Champlain commanded
the confidence of them all. Dauntless and tireless, he
explored the St. Lawrence and Ottawa Rivers, warred
against the Indians, visited the mother country again and
again in the interests of his beloved country, strengthened
the defences of Quebec ; in fact, was the heart and soul as
well as the head of the entire enterprise. While he was
Governor of Quebec, the little town endured the first of the
six sieges it has experienced in its eventful history. It
was invested by Sir David Kirk, acting under instructions
from the English court, and starved into an honourable
surrender in the year 1629. But it turning out that peace
had been concluded between the nations before the sur-
render, by the treaty of St. Germain signed in 1632, the
whole of Canada, Cape Breton and Acadie was restored to
the French. Three years later, Champlain's busy life drew
to a close, and on Christmas day the noble soul, whose
character was more like that of knight-errant of mediaeval
romance than that of a practical soldier of the seventeenth

)m-
;ce-
the
the

of
ced

of
me.
on-
der
ing
the
)in-

of
iby

the
da,
led

he
red
ind
led

as
vas
the

It
3ns
blc
ace
iir-
the

to
ew
Dse
val
ith

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

ceiiliiry, passed peacefully away at the Castle of St. Louis,
which he himself had built upon the summit *of the cliffs
ot Quebec.

Champlain had many successors in the arduous office of
governor of New France, but none of like spirit (until Fron-
tenac came in 1672), and the colony grew very slowly,
scarce one Hundred Europeans being added to it during the
five years succeeding Champlain's death, while in 1663,
when the charter of the Hundred Associates, a company
which promised much and performed little, was annulled,
the total foreign population did not exceed two thousand
souls.

The chief reason of this slow growth, as compared with
the rapid advance made by the English colonies in Virginia
and New England, was that, under Jesuit direction, far
more interest was taken in the conversion of the savages
than in the colonization of the country. From 1632 to
1682 priests of the Jesuit, Recollet and other orders, tra-
versed the land, undaunted by trackless forests, terrible
privations, merciless foes and appalling loneliness, pushing
the work of the church wherever human beings were to be
found and souls saved. The Recollets were the first of
Europeans to pierce the wilderness lying between the St.
Lawrence and the Bay of Fundy. Within five years of
their coming we find their sandalled feet on the Nepisiguit
and on the St. John, on Cape Sable and at Port Royal.
When Champlain made his expedition to the Huron country
the Recollet Father LeCaron went ahead of him in his zeal,
and was the first to carry the cross to the tribes of the great
Laurentian Lakes. The Jesuits were the pioneers of
civilization in the far West. Their annual reports con-
stitute a perfect mine of priceless information on early
Canadian history. Conspicuous among them were Peres
Hennepin, I^alcmant, Jogues, Brebeuf. Chaminot, Mar-
quette and Dablon, and many a priest heroically laid down
liis life rather th.in swerve aside, or turn back from the
forward course he believed God had called him to pursue.

fti

CANADIAN HANDBOOK

In the Spring of 164^ tlir fnundations of ^^ontrcal, the
future commercial nictrofxilis of Canada, were laid by
Maisonncuvc with all the pious pomp and chiirchlv cere-
monial possible amidst such primitive surroundinps, and
thus onward into the heart of the country civilization slowly
made its way, fightinf; with the relentless Indians for every
foot of the passage.

In 1672 the Jesuit IVrc Alhanel crossed from the River
St. Lawrence to the bottom of the Hudson Ray, and took
formal iK)ssession for the King of France. Representa-
tives of the King of England were there before him. In
later times the question of priority of discovery was hotly
debated.

The occasion produced the man, and during the years
of 1686- 1697, Pierre Le Moyne, Sieur d'Ibcrville, a member
of a family of fourteen children, three of whom were killed
in service for their Prince and four of whom were
governors olf forts or provinces, began his remarkable
career by crossing the wilderness between the St. Lawrence
River and Hudson Hay and capturing Moose Factory from
the English. He followed up his initial victory with such
spirit that he fought many battles by land and by sea, one
of the latter, that in Hudson Bay in 1607, being described
by the best authorities, French and English, as the fiercest
and bloodiest battle of the war. When in 1697 he finally
lift the Cireat Bay and returned to France he could tell of
six forts and seven governors of the Hudson Bay Company
captured by him, besides his exploits in New England,
Acadia and Newfoundland.

In 1672, the same year in which I'cre All)anel visited
Hudson Bay, the Count dc Frontcnac was appointed
Governor, and, next to Champlain, he is in every way the
most conspicuous figure among the early holders of that
office. The chief glory of his administration was the spirit
of daring exploration and discovery by which it was char-
acterized, the grandest achievement of all being the explora-
tion of the Mississippi Kiver and the (!rcat West under
Joliet, Marquette, La Salle and Hennepin. The sufferings

CANADFAN IIANDnoOK

nf the colonies from tlic Iiiclians, more especially the
Troqtiois, were terrible durin" this period, and at times it
>.o»'med as if these would really .sticcc'<<l in driviiijj the
■ ktfstcd " pale faces " from the country. Then in \C)HH
came the breaking out of war hetw< en France and Xew
r-InRland. leading to h<»stilities between the French and New
England colonies. Those were carried on with varying
success until the two nations came to terms, and by the
tuaty of Ryswick (lOi)/) restored to each other whatever
conquests they had succeeded in makinj;. The following
y.ar Frontenac died, and was succeeded by De Callieres.

After four years of peace, the war of the Spanish succes-
sion again involved England and France in bKnidy strife,
which, of course, had to be shared by the c<donies, and
thenceforward until 1713, tragic scenes were enacted from
the ocean-laved shores of Acadia to the pathless forests of
'lie West, in which French, English ami Indian warriors
outvied one another in lust for blixjd.

By the Treaty of Utrecht ("1713) the whole of .\cadia,
NVwffumdland and Hudson Bay were given to England,
in whose possession they have ever since remained.

During the long period of peace that now ensued, the
population of Cana<Ia, which by a census taken in 1721 was
fmiiil to he only 23.^100. slowly increased, and its internal
development made considerable progress. The cultivation
of the soil, was, however, greatly neglectefl for the seductive
fur trade, which possessed for the adventurous voyageur
and coureur des bois a fascination that even its enormous
profits did not wholly explain. Assuming the garb, these
iiften assumed with it the social habits of the red men,
living in their wigwams, marrying their ilaugliters, and
rearing a dusky brood of children from whom have de-
scended the Metis or Half-breeds, of whom there are many
representatives in our Western Provinces.

In 1744, the war of the Austrian succession once more
involved the colonies in a series of hostilities, which were
chiefly remarkable fo. the capture of the suj)posed im-
pregnable fortress of Louisburg in Cape Breton by the

M CANADIAN HANDBOOK

English under Pepperell C1745). and the first appearance
of Gcorsre Washington. " the father nf his country." who
was then a valued officer in the EnRlish colonies. The war
terminated between the principals with the Treaty of Aix-
la-Chapelle (174}^), but this truce was regarded by both
nations as only a breathinjj spoil to rrcn.Trc f r tin- roniinR
strupRle that would decide the possession of tfie continent.

In 1754 the exf.ectcd conflict o')«mi;-(I witli.a brush be-
tween a small body of troops under Was'ineton and a
purty of French soldiers under .T"monville at Fort Dnquesine,
Washington took the initiative, and, as Bancroft says, his
command to "fire" "kindled the world into a flame."
Then began that memorable war which, kindled among
the forests of America, scattered its fires over the king*loms
of Europe and the sultry Empire of the Great Mogul— the
war made glorious by the deaths of Wolfe and Montcalm,
the victories of Frederick and the exploits of Cllve ; the war
which controlled the destinies of America, and was first
in the chain of events which led on to her revolution with
all its vast and undeveloped consequences.

The fluctuating fortunes of that fearful conflict, as the
tide of war ebbed and flowed over the plains, down the
rivers and through the forests of New France. New Eng-
land, and the West and South, we cannot follow. It is
known in history as the seven years' war, lasting as it did
from 1755 to 1763, and being concluded by the Treaty of
Paris in the latter year. During its continuance, many
battles and sieges of great interest and importance took
place, and many leaders won undying fame for themselves
by their splendid achievements, but transcending all other
events in magnitude and far-reaching consequence, and
towering high above all other men in the imperishable glory
of their deeds, the siege of Quebec, and the rival com-
manders, Wolfe and Montcalm, seem by their vastness to
fill the whole picture as one looks back upon it from these
present days. On the 13th of September, 1750, Wolfe won
Quebec on the fields of Abraham, and just one year later
the capitulation of de Vaudreuil at Montreal before the

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

combined armies of Amherst, Haviland and Murray com-
pleted the Fnglish conquest of Canada ; the entire continent,
with the sole exception of the little islands of St. Pierre
and Miquelon on the Newfoundland coast, passed into
English hands. This brings us to our third period, viz. :—

3rd. — Conquest and Permanent Possession by the English.

Of the conquest we have already spoken at the close of
the preceding period ; it now remains to glance at the his-
tory of Canada since it has been a British possession.

A. de Celles, French Librarian of the Parliamentary
Library, in making a comparison between the French of
France and those of Canada, says : "First, we (French Ca-
nadians) have self-government in its entirety. Just as our
Federal Government and our Provincial Administration are
the expression of the vox populi in its fullest sense, so the
County Council — an autonomous body created by the elect-
ive franchise — moves in the smaller sphere of local affairs.
But this is not all ; the parish or village municipality, which
also owes its existence to popular suffrage, is the starting
point of the whole system and sets the machinery in motion.
The county and parish or village council are but miniatures
of the central power."

Mr. Benjamin Suite says "the conquest abolished the
paper money of the old regime and substituted cash pay-
ir.cnts ; enabled the habitants, who formed nine-tenths of
the population at the time, to purchase where they pleased
and what they pleased, instead of being obliged to go to the
Company's or Government store ; gave greater freedom for
trade and abolished unjust monopolies ; and paved the way
for those Legislative measures which, at a subsequent date,
conferred local self-government and schools upon the
French subjects of Great Britain."

The printing press was introduced into Canada a year
after the Treaty of Paris was signed, that is in 1764, and th«
first printed matter published in Canada was the prospectii>
(it the Quebec Gazette, a newspaper which continued in
'existence till 10 or 12 years ago.

<"AN.\I>IAN H.\NI>BIX)K.

While there \v;is, :is a matter dI course, a goixl deal oi
friction between "the new subjects," as the F"rench were
called, and the British settlers or "old subjects," yet under
the temperate and judicious guidance of General Murray
and Sir Guy Carleton matters proceeded hopefully and the
country entered upon a career of prosperity, rajiidly increas-
ing in population and wealth.

In th« year 1774, what was known as the Quebec Act
was passed by the British Parliament. It extended the
bounds of the Province from Labrador to the Mississippi,
from the Ohio to the watershed of Hudson Bay. It estab-
lished the right of the Frenoli to the observance of th«-
Roman Catholic religion without civil disability, and con-
firmed the tithes to the clergy, exempting, however, all
Protestants from their payment. It restored the French
civil code and established the English administration oi law
in criminal cases. Supreme authority was vested in the
Governor and a Council of from 17 to 23 members, the lat-
ter being nominated by the Crown and consisting for the
most part of jjcrsons of British birth.

This Act gave profound dissatisfaction, not only to the
English-speaking minority in Canada, who considered that
their rights had been ruthlessly sacrificed, but also to the
American colonists, who complained bitterly over the tran*.-
fer to Canada of the country north and west of the Ohi«'
river, for which they had so long and variously struggled
Despite all protests and appeals, the Act, which naturally
gave great delight to the French population, continued t>'
be the rule of the province for seventeen years.

The colonists were now called upon to pass througli
another war period — bloody but brief — and this time witli
thtir own countrymen across tlie border. In the year fol
lowing the passing of the Quebec Act, the long smouldering
firts of secession in the American colonics burst into flame
On April 19th, 1775, the "minute men ' of Concord and
[^exington "fired the shot heard round the world," and tli.
War of Independence began, whicli ended in the loss t.
England of some of her .American colonies. One of tin

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

i»

first steps taken by thu Sc.essionisls was to capture Ticon-
deroga and Crown ['.,int on Lake Clianiplain. and thus
possess the gateway to Canada. Forts St John and Chambly
soon followed, and uii the uth November Montreal suc-
cumbed. But the tide turned, when, flushed with their first
successes, the Americans essayed the capture of Quebec,
two daring attempts resulting only in disastrous failure. On
the 4th July. 1776, the revolting colonies declared their in-
«lepen<ience and the war closed on the 19th October, 1781,
with the surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown, Virginia.

lly the terms of the treaty of i)eace signed at Versailles
September 3rd, i;:^^. C anada was despoiled .,f tlie magnifi-
cent region lying between the Mississippi ami the Cs-hio, and
was divided from the new nation designated "the United
.States of America- by tiie great lakes, the St. Lawrence, the
49th parallel of N. latitude, and the highlan-is dividing the
waters falling into tfe Atlan^ir from those emptving them-
.selves int.. the St. Lawrence aind the St. Croix Rivers.

riiroughont all the secessicmarv movement, a cnsider-
abk number of the .\m*-rican colonists had remained aith-
lul to the Mother • •...uury. At the close of the war it be-
came painfully evident that there would be n.. peace for
them within tlw boundaries of the United tSate^ They
found tW,r property confiscated, their families ostracized
and even the.r lives menaced. In this emergency, the Rritish
Parliament came to their aid. A stim exceeding three mil,
lion pounds sterling was voted for the as-.istance ,f these
United Empire loyalists, as they were proud to call them-
selves ; transport ships were provided for their conveyance
to Canada and every possible arrangements made for' their
< onnchation in the sea-board provinces, and in what is now
the Province of Ontario. It is estimated that no less than
2.S,ooo persons were fiius induced to find refuge in the
liritish colonies, where they proved of the utmost value in
opening up and settling the country.

At that time ( 17X4, the present pn.vince of Ontario was
Hhno.st a wilderness. The entire Hun.pcan population is sa.d
to have been un.ler 2,rxjo, an.I these .Jwelf duefly in the

20 TAN A WAN HANDBOOK.

vicinity of the fortified posts on the St. Lawrence, the
Niagara ant! St. Clair rivers. On the other hand, the popula-
tion of Lower Canada was about i2o.(xx). In order, there-
fore, that the Wcstt-rn region might be developed, the Home
Government offered generous grants of hind to those who
would settle there, besides assistance in the way of seed,
stock and farming itnplemeitts ; under these inducements,
t!ie wilderness soon began to make way for smiling farms,
thriving settlements and waving fields of grain.

In 1786. I-ord Dt)rchester (of whom we have already
heard as Sw Guy Carleton) became Governor-General «f
British North America. The Canadian colonists now de-
majnded the same constitutional privileges as were enjoyed
in the maritime provinces, those latter having been organ-
ized in 1758-84, under special constituti'jnal charters. The
demand was met by the granting of the Habeas Corpus Act
and of trial by jury in civil cases. But this did not content
the Cariadians, who asked also for an elective Legislative
AssemMy. and a larger measure of constitutional liberty.
Accordingly in 1791 the Constituti'>nal Bill was pass«d by
th« British governtnent. It divided Canada into two pnv
vinces, known as Upp^r and I>jwer Canada. Each province
received a separate Legislature, consisting of a Legislative
Council appointed by the Crown, a Lejgislativ.- .Vssembly
fleeted by the people, and a gcxvernor appointed by the
( rown and responsible onlv to k. The Assembly was
elected ^,»r four years, and in it was vested the jx^wer of
taising a revenue for roads, bridges, schfMils and similar
public services. A body which soon became 'ibnoxious to
the people was the Executive Council. It c-nsistcd M
salaried officials of the Crown and judges, who were the
confidential advisers of the C.ovcrnor. altliougli not account-
able for their acts either to him or to the Legislative As-
sembly. Thev generally held seats in the legislative Coun-
cil, and virtualh- controls the legislation bv their pre-
ilominant, yet irresponsible influence.

The new constitution, as Fox predicted, worked ba<lly
almost from the outset. The Legislative, and especially the

CANADIAN HANDBCXIK. SI

F xccutivc, Councils became objects of popular jealousy, anri
rinestions of both church and state soon bepan to divide the
iK-opIc into parties and enpender bitter political animosities.
The first LoRisIature of Lower Cana.la sat at Quebec in
I7QI. when that city contained about 7.000 inhabitants ; and
the first Legislature of Upper Canada, at Newark, the pre-
sent town of Niagara, in 1792, where it continued to sit until
i7<)7, when it removed to York (now Toronto), which city
had been founded by Governor Simcoc two years pre-
viously.

The i)rogress of the country in trade and population, ami
the development of its resources were rapid. The tide of
emigration steadily increased, the Irish troubles of 'y8. es-
pecially, leading many hardy settlers to seek new homes in
the virgin wilds of Canada.

As the province increased in wealth and population, the
exils of a practically irresponsible government began to be
felt. The Executive Council, composed of the governor and
five of his nominees, removable at his pleasure, gradually
al.s.ffbed the whole administrative influence of the colony.

In the year 1812-14 the young auxiliary nation was callJd
upon to undergo a severe ordeal through the I'nited States
neclaring war against Great Britain partly because of sym-
pathy with France and partly through misunderstandings
between the two governments. The United States naturally
selected Canada as the first object of their attack. The
position of the two countries was very unequal. Canada
was totally unprepared for the conflict. She had less than
'mkio troops to defend i.jcx) miles of frontier. Her entire
population was under 3(xi.cxx), while that of the L'nited
-States was eight millions. Despite this startling disparity,
the Canadians, rallying as one man to the loyal support of
their government, bore themselves so noblv throughout the
I wo years' struggle which ensued, that when it ended the
I'lvantage lay clearly upon tluir side, and the victories of
•jucenston Heights and Chateauguay are to-day pointed to
^itli tlio same |)atriotir pride as Britons take in Paardebcrg
'•: I'riiicliiiu'n in .Ansterlit/.

W CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

At the close of the war, the domestic dissensions, sus-
pended while all attention was concentrated upon the de-
fence of the country, broke out afresh. In both Upper and
Lower Canada the people began to assert themselves
ajrainst the rule of the Executive Councils, and the breach
hetwccn the two branches of the Legislature gre-v wider
ivcry day. Conllictiiig claims as to revenue and other mat-
tors also sprang up between the two provinces, to obviate
which their union was suggested so far back as 1822, but
llien withdrawn in consequence of the intense opposition
manifested by the French population of Lower Canada. In
Lower Canada, Louis J. Papineau, and in Upper Canada.
William Lyon Mackenzie, came forward as the champions
of popular rights, and were after a time drawn into actu.-il
rebellion. The struggle for Responsible government, once
entered upon, was never permitted to relax until at length,
ill 1840, acting upon the suggestions contained in the famous
report of Lord Durham on the state of the Canadas, the
Home novernmcnt determined uprm the union of the two
provinces and the acknowledgment in the new constitution
of the principle of Respons 'ie r,<)vernmeiit. Resolutions
were passed by the Provincial Legislatures in favor of the
scheme, and a bill based upon them passed the Imperial
Parliament in 1840, and went into effect on the 6th Fel)ru-
ary, 1841. On that day the provinces of Upper and Lower
Canada were peacefully united under one administration,
and responsible government was firmly established, the de-
signations of the new period becoming Canada East and
Canada West.

The Act of Union jirovided that there sluniid be one
Legislative Council and one Legislative Assembly in which
e.-ich province should be e<|uai]y reijfosonted. The Council
was composed of twenty life mondiers, appointed by the
Crown ; the Assembly, of eighty-f->ur members, elected by
the people. The Executive Council or Cabinet comprised
eight members, and was responsible to the Legislature. It
was presided over by flie Governor-General, who held Ivs
appointment from the Crown. The control of all public

1-
■f.

•■t.

. i

CANADIAN HANI)M<N)K.

revenues was vested in the reprcsoutatives <if the people, fii
liine, 1841, the first iiniterl Parliament met at Kingston.
Three years later the scat of government was chanperl to
Montreal, and nn the destruction of the Parliament Bnild-
ings by a mob in 1840, it went to Toronto, remaining there
fill 1865, when it went to Quebec for a few years, becoming,
in fact, an ambulatory I.e^'isiature, resting for a term in the
capita! of Canada West, and for another term in the capital
of Canada East.

(•(J.VFKDERATroX.

For many years after the year 1764 the Province of Caii-
.i<la remained separated from the other parts of British
.Vorth .\merica. I'.efnre the separation from Great Britain
of the Colonies, that later formed the United States of
-Vorth .Xnicrica, statesmen were found to advocate a union
i>f the Colonies in some form of federal combination. After
Ihcir independence had been secured, the New England and
Southern States combined in a federal Union. The belief
that this system was the best for countries of an extended
area and sparse population was entertained by public men
who remained tine to the monarchical principles. Colonel
Morse, who was appointed by the British Government to
report on the best methods to be adopted in the changed
Condition of things consequent on the success of the Ameri-
can revolution, advocated, in 1783, a union of all British
.Vorth America "for the preservation of the fragments of
I'.ritish power on this continent." The division of the Cana-
dian Province into Upper and Lower, however, under the
Constitutional Act of 1791, destroyed for a time the idea of
nnion. Lower Canada, people 1 largely by the French, de-
sired to retain the laws respecting land and property to
which the people had been used. Upper Canada, settled
I:irgely by United Em[)irc Loyalists and people of th- Tt-ig
Ii^h-si)caking race desired the laws to which they had b • 1:
accustomed. There was no way to meet the views of both
rxccpt by constituting two provinces where one had been.

CANADIAN HANOBnoK.

So, f jf nearly a lialf century, the two provinces developed
.ilongsitlc of each t)tlicr, each piirsiiing the course its own
people 'leemcd best.

Tn tiiiu' the system of povernmcnt which suited the in-
fant Colonies pave eviilcnci- of Jieinp nnsnitcd to their more
<Ii'veIope<l ■ tati- A larger measure of self-K(»vernnient was
• Icmanded. Esi»ci,iiiy was it ilesired that Responsihli' Gov-
ernment should be introduced. In fact the people believed
that tiif British system in its entirety was best for them ;iii>I
that they were prepared for st If jrovernment to its fullest
extent. Investigations bs lord Durham and other com-
petent men convimotl the Home (iovernment th.it the time
lor otisolidation had arn>cd. The I'nion Act of 1840 was
the !\siilt. and in 1841 the two provinces, separated for 50
year'^. canu' together apain, as we have seen. One of the
most important .^cts of the first I'arliament was the Muni
cipal .\ct. by wliich each township, county, town, village
and city I'lana^es its own local affairs and has pow^r to
levy taxes for local improvements and local government.

The devcloi)nu'nt of ilic Ignited Province o. Canada went
sti.idily on. Rut in the evolution <lifficulties, internal and
external, arose, partly in consctpience of the more rapid
growth of the western region, partly because of unsatisfac-
tory trade relations with the United States. These difficul-
ties were met by the Confederation of the four provinces, of
Canada West, Canaila East, New P.nmswick and Nov.t
Scotia, which had advanced together in knowledge of tht
principles of self-government and in practical experience of
the application of these principles in the administration of
I»ublic affairs.

The political training of the four provinces had brought
them in the early sixties to the point where union Hecame a
necessity if further development and expansion v. t-re to be
attained. In 1864 Lord Monck, then fiovernor-rieneral of
the two Canadas, c*minuinicated with the i.ieutenant-CIov-
ernors of the other provinces with the result that a con
vention of Representatives met it (Jutbec, formulated .1
plan of union which secured the approval of the Legisla

MICtOCOfV RESOWTION TIST CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

lai2.8

|10 ■■

l»

1^ |3|2

l£

III ^'^

ii.8

^ APPLIED IN/HGE Inc

:B'. '653 Eos! Main Street

r^a Rochester, New York 1*609 USA

^S ("6) ♦82 - 0300 - Phone

^B (716) 288- 5989 -Fox

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

tures of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Canada. The
Parliament of Great Britain, as the Parliament of the
Suzerain, passed tiic Act known as the Union Act of 1867,
which is the Constitutional .Act, under which, for a time,
only the four provinces acted.

One of the first acts looking to expansion of the new
Confederation was the acquisition by purchase of the rights
of the Hudson's Bay Company in the territory obtained by
them under their Charter granted to them by King Charles
Tl. in 1570.

This acquired, the Province of Manitoba was constituted
in July, 1870. British Columbia, offered Responsible Gov-
ernment and the Canadian Pacific Railway, entered the
Confederation in 1871. Prince Edward Island joined in
1873, and the remaining portions of Rupert's Land were
divided durin"^ the years 1876-1895 into districts named :
Keewatin, Assiniboia, Saskatchewan, Alberta, Athabasca,
Mackenzie, Yukon, Ungava and Franklin.

The process of development which had been the experi-
pnce of the four original provinces, parties to the pact of
Confederation in 1867, was closely followed in the new ac-
(|uisitions. Manitoba and British Columbia received at once
the boon of self-government in local affairs, being placed on
an equality with the provinces in the east. The Northwest
'Jerritories were governed : ist. By the Lieut.-Governor of
Manitoba. 2nd. By a Lieut.-Governor and Executive Coun-
cil, appointed after five years' experience of the personal
rule of one man. 3rd. By a Lieut.-Governor and a Council,
partly elected and partly nominated. 4th. By a Lieut.-
Governor and an Advisory Council of four persons, selected
li\ the Lieut.-Governor from the Legislative Assembly of 22
members, the Advisory Council acting on matters of
finance, and holding office during pleasure. Legal experts
were appointed by the Governor-in-Council to aid His
Honour in legal questions. 5th. By a Lieut.-Governor and
a Legislative Assembly with powers the same as those con-
ferred on the other provinces under the Union Act of 1867,
except the borrowing of money on the sole credit of the

M CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Territories. The Executive consisted of the Lieut.-Governor
nnd a committee of four selected by the Lieut.-Governor.
6ih. By a Lieut.-Governor and an Executive Council se-
lected by the Lieut.-Governor from the Legislative As-
sembly, the members selected having to be re-elected by the
people on accepting office under the Crown. The last de-
velopment, placing the Legislature of the Northwest Terri-
tories almost on an equality with the other Legislatures,
was brought about in 27 years from the first organization of
government. In these years the Northwest Territories
passed from pupilage to the enjoyment of a large measure
of home rule and responsible government. These Terri-
tories were unrepresented in the Federal Parliament till
15^87, when, by Act of that Parliament, they were given two
senators and four elected representatives.

Consequent upon the discovery of gold in tlic Yukon
district, the judicial district of Yukon was established by
Governor-General's Proclamation in 1897. The district was
separated from the other provisional districts of the North-
west, and constituted a sc])arate territory by .\ct of the
Canadian Parliament. 1898, supplied with all the machinery
required to enable the people to manage their own local
affairs, through a Conmiissioner and Council of six, ap-
p(>inted bv the Governor-in-Council. In 1899 the machinery
v.as still further fitted for its work by the enlargement of
the Council through the election of two representatives by
the people. In up2, to complete the system, and bring it
ii. harmonv with the several provincial systems, Yukon was
given a representative in the Federal House of Commons,
elected by its own people, and possessed of all the authority
belonging to any other representative sitting in the House

of Commons.

From one end of Canada to the other, during all the
years that the people have been developing a system of gov-
einment suiting themselves, the loyalty of all to the British
Crown has been the supreme and central idea. The first
minister of Canada, Sir Wilfrid Laurier, said in a speech
delivered in Paris in August, 1S97 • "^ '°ve the France

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

which gave us being ; I love the England which gave us
liberty." Sir George Cartier conveyed the same idea whjn
h( said he was an Englishman speaking French.

III.

CLIMA'l E.

The British Empire has an area, roughlv speaking of
i-,ofjo,ooo square miles, of which one-third is in North
.America, one-third in the Antipodes, one-sixth in the tem-
perate zone of Europe and Asia, and one-sixth within the
tropics. If one portion of this great empire, enclosing within
its ample bounds a fifth of the globe, has been decried be-
cause of its intense heat, and another on account of its
aridity, Canada can claim to be the greatest sufferer of all
from its association in the popular mind with intense cold ;
".Siberian" and "Canadian" having long been interchange-
able terms to denote the utmost severity of cold. The furs
which have been distributed throughout England for gen-
erations from many a Canadian stream, forest or plain, the
possession of one side of the north pole, and the ownership
of the snow-capped Rocky Mountains, have contributed to
give Canada an Arctic name and a hyperborean reputation
by IK, ireans in accordance with actual facts.

When the French monarch signed the treaty which
transferred Canada to Great Britain, he sought to lessen the
importance of his rival's acquisition and to diminish the
'IfSree of the sacrifice the French nation was called upon to
make, by exclaiming, while he signed, "after all, it's only a
f( w square miles of snow." In official circles the expression
found acceptance, and down to a comparatively recent date
"'(• Fn king's estimate continued to be the belief of the
b'st mtoimed in Europe. Not many years ago an eminent
r-Mglish statesman referred to Canada as "those huge ice-
Hound deserts of North America:" while the geographies of

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

the schools and the encyclopaedias of the libraries have in-
variably represented Canada as doomed in preat part to
eternrl sterility from the severity of its climate.

Three decades ago a writer in Winsor's Narrative and
Critical History of North America, c' ding with the physio-
graphy of the continent, said : "The region north of *he St.
Lawrence and of the great lakes is not to be regarded as
having any very great value from the forest resources it
affords"; this assertion being based upon the belief in the
common notions about the severity of the climate. Last
year (1903) the United States were supplied largely from
this same region with forest products to the value of nearly
nineteen million dollars.

The expeditions sent to the north pole have had much to
do with the continuai.ee of the.se strange misconceptions
which ha/e persistently retained their position among the
"iacts" relating to Canada's climate. According to Parry,
the cold of Melville Island was so intense that hot water
allowed to fall from the topmast reached the deck as hail :
piercury could be fired as bullets from fowling pieces, ami
balls of frozen almond oil, when fired at planks, pierced
them and fell to the ground unbroken.

Many other similar accounts have been published by
veracious navigators respecting the Arctic slope of the
Dominion, and these have been applied by a sweepinj;
generalization to the whole count.-y till intensity of cold has
been burned into the average European mind as the most
striking characteristic of Canada.

It can no more be denied that there arc regions of
Canada where the frost never leaves the ground than it can
be denied that there is a great American desert, stretching
for several degrees o^f latitude between the Gulf of Mexico
and the international boundary ; but the Dominion of
Canada is so vast in extent that one part mav be cliarged
with perpetual snow, while another is bached in almost
perennial heat and sunshine. One part receives the coM
atmosphere of the "Frozen Sea," another the humid air of
the Atlantic, another the mild, genial breezes of the Pacifii ,

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ami Still a fourth has the surface of its soil baked by the lieat
c.f tropical waters. In the extreme northern parts, vejfeta-
tii.n is so stunted that the highest tree dots not reach a
I liild's knee ; in the southern parts, vegetation is so
luxurious that fruits and flowers grow with as much vigor
a: in Italy or the south of France.

r.etween these great extremes, all the cereals, grasses
:md flowers of temperate regions are found, and as we pro-
ceed northwards or southwards we meet an unbroken gra-
.iation of vegetation. This country has, in fact, all the cli-
mates of Europe from the Mediterranean to the Arctic
Ocean ; as might be expected, seeing that it extends from
the latitude of Rome, in Italy, to that of North Cape in
Norway, and is of almost equal area.

Climate is an extremely complex matter, and one that
depends on a singular variety of conditions. Of these, the
most manifest and inclusive are heat, rain, cloud, wind' and
electrical conditions. They are, to a certain extent, depen-
dent on each other, but ultimately they may be traced back
to certain general causes, viz.: ist, position in latitude; 2nd,
size and form of land; 3rd, elevation above the sea; 4th,
form, position and elevation of neighbouring land ; 5th, na-
ture and temperature of the nearest marine current; 6th,
I'osition, distance and direction of the nearest continent.

These points have all to be fully studied, as much in
'lealing with the climate of Canada as in discussing that of
any other r untry. It is clear that climate is not a question
ot latitu ! gitude ; that the South is not necessarily

warm - \orth cold ; that the East wind does not

iilways ' >• .matism ; that the South wind need not be

iHit, or ti -vithwest be accompanied by rain.

One good result has come from the long-endured slan-
'lenng of our Canadian climate ; great attention has been
i;iven to meteorological investigations. The study of the
science of climate has been stimulated by the determination
.' Canada to present facts in place of assertions and wanton
:^^pe^sions. The Meteorological Service of Canada has 339
nations, at which weather observations are taketi and ab-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK,

stracts forwariifd to the central offici- at Toronto. These
stations are classified a.; chief station-^, and stations of thi
first, second and third classi-s, according to the number and
character of the observations taken. All Canadian reports
arc forwarded to the United States Weather Bureau at
Washington, which cftice in return supplies reports from
United States stations. There are in the Dominion some 7,<
stations at which storm signals are displayed, 31 being on
the great lakes of Ontario, 40 on the Gulf of St. Lnwrenci
and the Atlantic coast, and two on the Pacific coast. Daily,
monthly, and yearly reports are published.

Great Britain is one of earth's most favoured regions for
wheat growing. It has a summer of about 60 deg. to 6_>
t'cg. F. In the Northwest Territories t! c Dominion Gov-
ernment maintains 16 stations v.here the temperature is
daily recorded. Ten of the sixteen showed a mean summer
temperature of 60 deg. to 65 (\cg. F. for the year 1902.

In all these .stations the agents of the Canadian Govern-
ment are engaged studying daily, and almost hourly, the
climate of the country at places as widely apart as the
nx)St easterly point of the southern shore of Hudson
Straits, and Victoria in Vancouver Island. The records of
the Hudson i3ay forts have been searched for "weather
notes." The narratives of travellers have been closely
scanned for references to the climate.

From all these sources there is abundant evidence that
Canada, climatically considered, is a country well fitted
Europeans.

Time has amply justified tlu conclusions of Malte Brun.
"that Canada and t..^ other British possessions in Nortli
America (now forming the Dominion), though apparentiv
blessed with fewer physical advantages than the States ti>
the south, contain a noble race, and are evidently reserve!
for a lofty destination. Everything there is in proper keep-
ing for the development of the combined physical and men-
tal energies of nan. There are to be found at once the
hardihood of character which conquers difficulties, the cli-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

mate wliicli stimulate i\t'rtit)ii, and the natural advantages
which reward eiiterprisi-. N'atnrc has marked out this
country for cxalti-d destinii's."

No one particular in her category of advantages is more
effective as an instnnnciit t<> enable Canada to take the
position thus declared, by an eminent authority, to be her's
in the future, than her climate.

Taking the conditions rcfe: Cil to as the true guides to
(iiniato, we find that a large ponioij of Canada is in latitudes
wliirli in Europe have jtroved tlic most favorable to the
health of man. The mean temperature of the regions
watered by the Moose and Abbitibi Rivers corresponds with
tlic north of ICurope, being 65 deg. F. The regions drained
!)> the nortiicrn parts of the Ottawa and by the Saguenay
and tiie northern parts of Nova Scotia correspond with the
south coast 01 England, Paris, the middle of Germany, and
the south of Russia, being 60 deg. F., while 65 deg. F. repre-
suits the summer temperature of the regions bordering
ui)on the upper St. Lawrence Lakes, London, Toronto,
Kingston, Montreal, the St. Lawrence to Quebec, and east-
ward to Fredericton, the capital of the province 01 New
Hrunswick.

Altitude more than latitude makes climate, and in this
respect Canada occupies a position superior to most re-
!,Mons. According to Humboldt, Europe has a mean eleva-
tion of 671 feet. South America of 1,132, Asia of 1,151, and
North America of 748 feet. The Canadian part of North
America is placed at 300 feet.

The ascent from ocean to Lake Superior does not

average more than si:, .iiches in a mile, and even this ascent
i.^ not markedly noticeable till we proceed west\yard. Mont-
real, the head of ocean navigation, reached only after pass-
ing over several hundred miles of fresh surface water, is but
eighteen feet above the level of the sea at low water, as it
rolls under the lighter fresh water along the bed of its
estuary.

I'ANADIAN IIANI>II<M)K.

The marine currents are singularly favourable to Tanada.
Along the Atlantic coast, tie flulf stream exerts its benign
influences to such an extent that on Sulile Island there are
tioops of wild ponies, the progenitors of which, some cen-
turies ago, were shipwrecked and cast upon the island, and
there successive generations, without shelter of any kind,
have lived and multiplied. In Halifax, in the depth of win-
ter, a dozen hours of south wind will mow down the snow-
banks, as a mowing machine cuts down the ripened grass.

Along the Canadian littoral of the Pacific Ocean the
Japanese current produces the same effect on the clinnte as
ih«^ Gulf stream does in England. Vancouver Island is like
the south of England, except that it has a greater summer
heat with less Immidity. In the vicinity of Victoria the
highest temperature in the shade in July and August ranges
from 80 to 90 deg. V., while the thermometer in winter
seldom goes as low as 22 deg. below freezing point. New
Westminster, in latituile 49 d^:^i. 13 min., has a mean tem-
perature for the year of 50 degrees. Pelee Island, Ontaria,
in latitude 41 deg. 50 min., has an annual mean teniper;iti're
of 49 degrees. As respects the ocean currents, it may be
said that they make a difTerence in the regions affected by
them of 10 deg. of latitude.

East of the Rockies, Professor Macoun found a large
area which had been previously described by travellers as
the apex of the great American desert. He concluded after
investigation that this n-gion was not naturally sterile soil,
but a dried and baked surface caused by influences operat-
ing for ages, the chief of which was the heat of the Gulf of
Mexico borne by the winds tit •■efroni, and losing their
moisture while passing over the Heated sand plains lying
between the Gulf and Canada. Acting upon his conclusion
he made an t.perimcnt, subsequently tried on a large scale
by the managers of the Canadian Pacific Railway. The
ground was broken • and beneath the hardened surface
was found a scil pi., ssing in the highest degree the con
stituent elements of the best soil. It had been hermetically
sealed, and thus prevented from wasting its sweetness on

■I

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. SS

the desert air. The same influence, having its source in the
Gulf of Mexico, combined, according to some observers,
with the Chinook winds, operates upon the climate of that
region— the ranching ground of Canada. In the district of
Alberta, the winter climate is comparatively mild, not
severe ; blizzards are unknown, and stock winter in the
open air and come out fat and in good condition in the
spring. The census of 1901 showed that the Northwest Ter-
ritories contained over a million head of live stock, valued
at $28,000,000. Since that date there has been a great de-
velopment of that branch of agriculture. The reports from
ail are favourable as to the future, speaking well for the
climate in mid-winter.

The great bodies of water which are a distinguishing
feature of Canada also exert considerable influence on the
climate. Hudson's Bay is 1,000 miles long by 600 wide,
with an area of 444>ooo square miles. Its temperature is 65
(leg. F. during summer ; in winter it is 3 deg. warmer than
the waters of Lake Superior. The chain of fresh water
lakes, which, almost without a break, extends between lati-
tude 44.45 and latitude 51 north, and from longitude 75 to
longitude 120, covers, together with the smaller lakes, an
area of 130,000 square miles, and contains nearly one-half
of all the fresh water on the surface of the globe. The
moderating influences of these large bodies of water, which
never freeze over, will be at once recognized.

In the older settled portions of Canada the undoubted
experience is, that the climate has been modified by the de-
crease of the forest area and the draining of swamp lands.
Malte Brun says "the same changes, as to climate, are tak-
ing: place in Canada which were observed in Europe when
the dark masses of the Hercynian forest were felled, and its
ir.orasses drained by the laborious arms of the Germans, and
the climate, becoming more mild, has undergone a change
"f 8 deg. to 10 deg. on the average, since the eflForts of
iMiropean industry were first applied to the cultivation of
the country."

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The number of centenarians, especially among the Cana-
dians of French descent, whose ancestors for ten genera-
tions have lived and died in Canada, attests the suitability
of the climate to the European races ; as also do the facts
that the weight of children at birth and the size at twenty-
one years are far above the average of Europeans.

During the insurrectionary movement in the Canadian
Northwest, in March, 1885, men and boys were marched
from the Niagara peninsula, and from all the cities between
London and Halifax, without any special selection. Five
thousand troops, with another thousand employees of
various kinds, travelled in open box-cars over the Canadian
Pacific Railway, marched across the "gaps" in the then un-
completed railway, trudged through snow and slush by
forced marches northwards from three points of the rail-
way hundreds of miles distance from each other. They
slept in tents without taking any extra precautions as re-
gards health. Yet of the six thousand, during months ex-
posed and going as far north as the 53rd parallel, not one
man died from any disease traceable to the climate. There
was complete immunity from disease.

But, says some one, "while this is all true as regards the
effect of the climate on human life, is it not a fact that vege-
table life suffers? Is it not a fact that throughout the whole
of Canada, while the mean temperature is equal to that of
Europe, there are summer frosts which seriously diminish
the chances of success for agrrcultural operations ?"

This question has also been made the subject of careful
investigation.

Sir George Simpson says the vine is abundant on the
Kaiuinistiquia River, a tributary of Lake Superior from the
northwest, where also the tomato has been found growing
wild. He also states that, in his day, buflfaloes roamed in
countless herds in the region watered by the Saskatchewan.
"The grass to feed them," says Sir George, "is rich and
abundant, and the buffaloes winter there, together with the
domestic animals taken thither for the use of the white man
and the Indian."

CANADIAN HANDBOOK,

Professor Macoiin found the cucumber ripening in the
Peace River district in August. In the valley of the Ottawa
tlie grape flourishes, and the census returns show that the
yield of grapes in Canada, which for the year 1880 was
3,896,508 pounds, and for the year 1890, 12,252,331 pounds,
was for 1900, 24,302,634 pounds. If you look through the ex-
hibits from Canada, you will find apples, pears, peaches, and
other fruit, which suggest a fine climate, better for such
fruit than that possessed by any other part of the British
Empire, and, if the price paid for Canadian apples in the
London market is good evidence, better than any part of
tiie United States.

There is, beyond question, one drawback which, in the
Northwestern Territories of Canada, though not to so great
a degree as in the Western States to the south, makes the
mean temperature of the summer lower than it would other-
wise be, and at the same time destroys, to a certain extent,
tlic accuracy of the deduction made from that mean tem-
perature. That drawback is the occurrence in occasional
years of a summer frost. Upon the fact of this occurrence,
interested persons have commented on the climate for
wheat raising. The experience of the early settlers in On-
tario was similar to that of the early settlers in Manitoba.
We never hear now of this as an objection to Ontario. Al-
ready in the Prairie Province early planting has to a very
considerable extent overcome the objection, as the wheat
roaches in such event a period in its growth which enables
1! to withstand the sudden lowering of the temperature. The
hard Fyfe wheat has been a most successful seed.

With a splendid soil — an alluvial black loam with an
.ivcrage depth of 20 inches, resting on a subsoil of clay,
—with an average yield, based on 18 years' reports, of 19
Inishcls to the acre, and with practically eight days in the
week, owing to the length of time the sun is above the
horizon in those higher latitudes, it may be counted a cer-
tainty that the energy and enterprise of the people will
soon succeed in overcoming the one difficulty in the success-
ful raising of wheat that has been experienced — a difficulty

Ill

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

moreover which only in occasional years presents itself.
The exhibits of Manitoba wheat and other grains will speak
for themselves as to quality ; the yield of the harvest of
1902, equal to over 100,000,000 bushels, of which 53,000,000
bushels were wheat, will show that Canada is destined to
take high place among the world's grain-growers, especially
so when it is recalled that the crop of 1890 was but 26j4
million bushels, indicating an increase in a decade of nearly
300 per cent.

That the wheat growers arc satisfied with their exper-
ience is seen in the fact that in Manitoba, the area sown in
wheat in 1903 was double that of 1900, and that in Northern
Alberta the acreage in grains in 1902 was more than double
that of 1898.

The following table gives the average summer and
yearly temperature at stations in the Dominion ^ f Canada,
with the latitude, longitude and height above the sea. The
temperatures are derived from ten years' observations and
over, whenever practicable : —

STATIONS

' 2,

British Oolumbia.

Agassiz 40 14

Abbotsford 49 ?.

Barkerville 5M 2

Carinanah, V.I 48 25

Donald 51 28

Duncan, V. 1 48 46

En-erby 50 32

French Creek, V. I ... . 49 20

Hazlemere 49 3

Kamloops 5041

Kuper Island 48 58

New Westminster 49 13

N. Nicomen 49 12

Nicola Lake 50 9

Port Simpson 54 34

River's Inlet 51 39

ft.

Mean
Temperature

Summer Year

121 31

60.8

47.8

122 16

61.5

48.4

121 35

4180

.55.4

36.6

124 18

130

55.9

47.2

117 11

2090

59.5

36.4

123 42

61.4

48.7

119 7

1180

64.3

44.4

124 38

61.0

47.6

122 43

60.3

48.4

120 29

1193

67.6

47.1

123 3S

62.7

49.4

122 54

330

63.3

50.0

122 2

63.0

49.1

130 39

61.9

42.2

130 26

2«

45.2

44.3

127 19

57.9

45.7

•J ' J J. •?

5V' - .s

..i.'.''^

':.•'. r^:" \i .»*-:■.■ i.»ja

V> 'i\_^y;

J».i::i-»^'-

•,i

*?r>-' ... --fr.' 1

«=«i?<^.-'

s^^-

^^Mt^-.L . '» '/i. t- ^ :i.l

S'^^

'mi.^

^'#'.

^-- ■,,;:%$;•

liz

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

STATIONS

•S
?

Mkan
Tkmprrati'kk

Sutiitiier Year

British Colvmbia—Coh.

Spence's Bridge .
Stuart's Lake...

Victoria, V.I

Vernon

N. W. Territories.

BaUleford ....

Banff

Chaplin

Calfary

Kdniontun

Henrietta

Indian Head . .

Moose Jaw

Medicine Hat .

Oonikup

Pincher Creek ,

Parkland

Prince Albert.,

yu'Appelle

Kegina

Svift Current .

60 14
52 41

51 10

50 27

51 2

53 33

51 22

Manitoba.

-Aweme

Brandon

Bamardo (Ru.ssell).

Channel Island

Emerson

Elkhom

Fort Osborne

Hillview

Minnedosa

Portage la Prairie '.
Stony Mountain . . .
Winnipeg,

Ontario.

.Mton

Rognor

I'-eatricc

Barrie

Brantford

50 23 121 20
54 28 12t 12
48 24 123 19
119 15

108 20
115 35
106 4
114 2

113 30
108 30
103 40

105 35
110 37

101 20

114 ..

102 14

106

103 47

104 37

107 45

99 33
99 57

101 20
97 23
97 13

101 16

97 11
100 35

99 48

98 1
97 12
97 7

80 6
80 50
79 20

79 41

80 21

50 28
50 21

50 1
53 30

49 ..

51 15
53 10

50 30
50 27
50 20

49 43

49 51

50 59
52 18
49 1
49 58
49 53

49 54

50 10
49 57
60 5
49 53

43 51

44 40

45 8
44 23
43 10

ft.

770

1800

1246

1620
4542
2202
3389
2158

*1924
1745
2161

3760'

1402
2115
1885
2439

1176
710

8:!0
8a3
760

1250

839
750

70.2
54.3

58.8
63.0

62.3
64.6
65.0
58.8
59.3
61.3
62.9
61.6
63.7
60.0
58.8
59.6
69.5
61.6
62.7
64.6

64.9
63.1
69.4
62.7
64.2
61.9
64.3
«1.6
60.5
64.2
64.1
66.0

64.6
64.2
62.8
66.5
67.6

48.8
33.2
48.7
44.9

32.9
34.6
35.7
.37.4
35.9
31.5
38.0
33.9
89.9
30.0
38.9
30.5
30.7
33.4
32.5
37.6

34.5
33.1
30.3
30.9
35.3
82.8
34.1
32.3
32.0
35.2
32.9
33.3

41.8
42.5
39.5
43.1
45.1

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

STATIONS

•a

*< 'i

Mkan
Tkmpkkatiki;

Sunitiier Year

Ontario— Cijw. • '

Birnatn 43 2

Bancroft 46 1

CotUm 42 7

Collingwood 44 30

Coldwater 44 38

Clontarf 46 23

Deseronto 44 11

Durham 44 lU

Elora 43 41

Egremont 44

Gravenhurst 44 64

Haileybury 47 29

Haliburton 45 1

Hamilton 43 16

Kineston 44 13

London 42 69

Lucknow - 43 56

Lindsay 44 20

Lakcfield 44 26

Moose Factory 51 16

Mattawa 46 15

North Bruce 44 23

Niagara Palls 43 6

Niagara 43 13

Owen Sound 44 34

Orillia 44 34

Ottawa 46 26

Port Stanley 42 40

Point Clark 44 5

Pelee Island 41 60

Port Dover 42 27

Port Arthur 48 27

Parry Sound 45 16

Peterborough 44 17

Pembroke 45 50

Paris 43 12

Rockliffe 46 12

Savanna 48 55

Saugeen 44 30

Sprucedale 45 30

Stony Creek 43 13

Stratford 43 23

St. Marv-s 43 15

St. George 43 14

Tororto 43 39

Uplands 45 48

81 56

(i«.2

44.6

77 50 .

62.4

39.1

82 45 .

09.2

48.0

80 15

65.1

43.7

79 40 .

65.3

41.6

77 9

64.6

40.9

77 4

66.7

43.6

80 .W

66.9

43.2

80 24 ,

\i-4

64.6

42.3

80 5

1450

62.5

40.3

19 20

770

64.8

41.4

78 39

687

62.9

87.3

78 28

63.6

40.6

79 54

303

67.9

46.1

7« 29

285

66.3

43.4

81 12

808

67.7

45.7

81 30

65.6

44.3

78 45

872

64.8

41.6

78 15

66.5

42.3

80 56

01.0

31.8

77 55

62.9

32.8

81 25

64.1

43.6

79 6

67.7

46.9

79 6

68.7

47.4

80 55

597

63.8

42.6

79 24

64.7

41.9

75 42

i«»4

66.6

41.2

81 13

592

66.4

46.5

81 44

595

63.8

43.6

82 :;8

72..4

49.0

80 13

t>3.T

66.6

46.0

89 12

644

59.3

34.5

(KiS

63.5

40.6

78 10

-•.".'

67.4

43.2

77 7

:!Sit

(16.6

40.5

80 25

840

67.6

45.4

77 55

41S

63.6

38.4

90 18

15(16

59.3

31.7

81 21

6.T6

63.4

43.1

79 40

62.8

38.8

79 45

292

69.0

47.0

1191

64.9

43.4

81 11

1040

65.8

44.6

80 12

722

67. 1

44.9

79 24

350

65.4

44.2

79 25

61.4

38.1

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

•

STATIONS

5
.2

o '

86 16
79 :io ,
83 2

79 17

80 47

72 :w

70 43

71 5

72 1
68 19
74 10

73 35

71 13

72 8

65 42

65 29

66 22
66 36
6t-> 46
ti»i 28
Gti 4

= 1
<

ft.
1252

"\m

"iso*

"26

296
437

"■■21"
39
164
49
30
70

Mk
Tkmhkj

Summer

68.2
63.8
70.3
, 67.7
66.2

. 63.8

, 60.6
02.3

. 64.6
55.3

. (5.-).5
66.8
63.6
64.2

, 66.4
63.1
59.8
63.5
59.4
55.1
59. 1

. 60.2

62.4
62.4
64.6
60.3
60.7
61.7
.58.8

62.3
. 62.6
. 61.2

lATIKK

Yfiir

O.NTAKIIV -COH.

White River

o /

48 35

e
32 4

White»i<le

Windsor

... 46
42 19

40.9
47.7

Welland

. . . 42 59

45.6

Woo<lstock

Quebec.

Rrome

... 43 8

... 4ri 10

44. S

40 1

Cranbourne

... 46 20

36.0

Chicoiitimi

Danville

... 48 25
... 45 47

:i5.9
39.7

Father Point

. . . 48 31

34.6

Huntingdon

... 45 5

40 6

Montreal

... 45 30

41.9

Quebec

Richmond

. . . 46 48
45 40

38.5
40.?

New Brunswick.

Bathurst

... 47 39

40.7

Chatham

47 3

.39.4

Dalhousie

48 4

36.2

Fredericton

... 45 57

40.3

Grand Manan

44 4V

42.7

Point Lepreau.x

St. John

St. Andrews

... 45 4
... 45 17

40.2
41.2
41.3

Nova Scotia.

Wgby

Halifax

I'ictou

... 44 3S

... 44 3

45 42

6.1 46

6;; 36

62 41
64 25
60 10
tW IS
66 2

i
i

63 10
62 :!5

64 2

40
97

40
5.")
73

t;5

43.2
43.7
43.1

Parrsboro . .

Svdney

Truro

... 44 28

... 46 10

45 22

42.6
41.7

41.9

Yarmouth

... 43 50

4;'.. 5

P. E. Island.

Charlottetown

Georgetown

Kilniahinning

... 46 14
... 46 11
... 46 48

41.0
41.9

:!9.7

M CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

IV.

POPULATION.

Indians.

When tlic French, led by Champlain, in 1608, undertook
to estabhsh themselves on the slopes of the St. Lawrence at
the point where the closing: of the river suggested the ap-
propriate name of Quebec— "the narrowing place"— to the
Indians, they were the one European nationality here. Over
the whole broad expanse of the continent the Indian roamed
the supreme lord. These Indians might be divided prac-
tically into two— the Five Nation Indians and the others.
Between these there were bitter feuds of long standing, so
that the whole extent of the forest-covered area was the
scene of battles and raids. Almost the first fact that forced
itself on Champlain was that if he .desired to obtain a foot-
ing on this continent for his colonists he mu.st enter into
friendly alliance with the Algonquins and cspou.se their
deadly enmity with the Ir«)quois.

It is in these two great divisions of Indians that we nui.st
seek for the roots of the aboriginal people of the North
American Continent. The two original groups are the
Malay-Polynesian and the Turanian. These groups are
both represented in Canada, the Algonquins belonging to
the former, the Iroquois, the Tinnehs and Eskimos to the
latt«... Through the Algonquins, Canada's aborigines are
connected with the people inhabiting the vast area from
?ialacca to New Zealand, and from Madagascar to the
Sandwich and Easter Islands. Through the Iroquois they
are connected with the Finnic, Turkic and Mongolic classes
of Asian and European peoples. The two are distinct. The
Algonquin languages differ radically from those of the
Iroquois both in grammatical and in verbal forms. The
flatter face, inferior stature and more delicately formed ex-
ttemities of the Algonquin are in marked contrast with the
muscular development of the Iroquois. The Iroquois is
pre-eminently a landsman, a warrior, and a lover of manly
sports, while the Algonouin loves the water, is unaggres-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

«ivr, and spends his spare time in idleness. Taciturnity, with
:ill that it implies, such as the absence of humnuri is charac-
teristic of the Atgoni|uin, hut not of the Iro(|uois. The
Inxjuois was originally a sun worshipper, but such the
M^unquin never was. In fact, these two families have
nothing in common beyond the mere accident of condition
and certain minor features of lift- resulting from mutual
intercourse. The Algonquin and the Iroquois, who have
jointly contributed to the portraiture of the ideal red man,
ate the representatives of two familie: as distinct as any
tliat can be found outside the Aryan and Semitic areas of
the old world.

The Indians of Canada, springing from two distinct
ancestries, may be divided into four families : (a) the In-
niiits or Eskimo, (b) the Tinnehs, (c) the .Algonquin and
I (1 ) the Huron-Iroquois.

The Innuits— meanin>r "the men," their own name for
themselves, "Eskimo" (raw meat eaters), being the term of
derision conferred on them by the Algonquins — are the
oldest of the aboriginal races in Canada. From a considera-
tion of the many points of agreement between the cave -.ten
of France and Great Britain — the sewing needles, the neck-
Lices and armlets of cut teeth, the daggers made from ant-
lers, the talent for artistic sketching of men and beasts, and
scenes in which men and beast figure, many palaeontolog-
ists are inclined to agree with Professor Boyd Dawkins that
tlie Eskimos of to-day are the survivors of the race that
nade their homes in the pleistocene caves of Western
I.iirope — an antiquity so great that in compari.son wit'.i it
iln' interval between the building of the Pyramids of Egynt
Mid of the Eiffel tower shrinks into a point.

The Innuits inhabit the littoral of the northern fringe of
Canada from Labrador and Ungava Bay to the boundary
line between the Yukon Territory and Alaska. From the
l.tter region along the whole coast line to Ungava Bay they
-11 speak the same language, are characterized by the same
nittlligence and the same capacity to find the means of sub-
M'^ttnce in a region in which white men, with al! the re-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

sources of cvilization at their back, have experienced great
difficulty in maintaining themselves in health and vigor.
"They have much artistic capacity, and Arctic navigators
have described with wonder the ease with which they have
taken pencil and traced the shore lines." Tiiey are bold and
daring on the water, attacking alone in their frail kayaks on
the open sea the largest sea animals.

The Tinnehs, or Dene Dindjies, inhabit the valley of the
Athabasca River, the Peace River district, the regions north
of Great Bear Lake, to the south of the Innuits' ocean-
washed belt of land, the mountains of the Mackenzie River,
the slopes of the Rocky Mountains and almost the whole
of the region west of the Rockies, including Vancouver and
Queen Charlotte Islands, from which places they have
poured in adventurous bands and taken possession of the
country south of the Innuit territory.

Immediately south of these are the Algonquins, who.
originating in the East, where they were next-door neigh-
bours of the Innuits, pushed their way from the interior
of Labrador and throughout the region between the
Atlantic sea coast and Lake Superior to the southern re-
gions of the Canadian Northwest, where, as Saulteux.
Prairie Crees, Wood Crees, Blackfoot, Bloods and Piegans
they have taken root and shown themselves in every way
as vigorous as the more easterly stock from which they
originally sprung. The Cree language is the typical lan-
guage of this, the most widely distributed Indian race;
including, in addition to the westerly tribes alreadv
enumerated, the Micmacs, Melicites and Al)enakis of tho
Eastern Maritime region, the Naskapees and Montagnais
of Labrador and Eastern Quebec, the Mississaugas, thr
Odjibwys and the numerous tribes of Western Quebe.
and Ontario which the French secured as allies in the " hali-
century of conflict." These tribes were great hunter^,
roamed over a vast extent of territory, and as warriors
proved their capacity in many a border war during the lont,^
period when French and English strove with each oliur
for supremacy in 'the waters of Acadia, in the pine forest ^

■fe

CANADIAN HANnnOOK. «

of Maine and Massachusetts, along the southern shores of
the great Laurentian Lakes and by the side of the
Mississippi River from source to mouth.

The Iroquois, the second great family, resembled the
French and the English in their power to organize, to pro-
vide wise rules for government in peace or in war. There
were five tribes at first, generally designated as the
Mohawks, the Oneidas, the Onondagas, the Cayugas and
the Senecas. Subsequently the Tuscaroras joined them
and they became known as the Six Nations, or more often
as the Iroquois. As such they held the balance of power
between the French on the Lakes and the English on the
Atlantic sea-board, playing one against the other with skill
and securing for themselves the profitable work of middle-
men in the fur trade with other tribes. There are scat-
tered bands of the Huron-Iroquois, as the Huroiis of
Lorette, near Quebec city, those of Caugnawaga, Lake of
the Two Mountains, St. Regis, and the Iroquois found in
several places on the peninsula between Lakes St. Clair
and Eric. These are east of Lake Superior. West are
to be found the Assiniboines and the Sioux, belonging to
the Dakotahs, and thus allied to the Iroquois as sprung
from a common Turanian or Northern Asiatic origin.

In 1871, in the first census of the Dominion, the subject
of the Indian population received careful attention. There
were found to be 36 tribes, divided into Eskimo, i ; Denc-
Dinjie, 19; Algonquins, 11; Huron-Iroquois, 5.

As regards numbers there were:

()i the Eskimo race 4,028

" Dene-Dinjie 42,000

" Algonquin 46,000

" Huron-Iroquois 10,330

Total '02,358

As regards mode of living:

Chiefly by fishing 23,000

In camps by prairie hunting 18,000

** CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

In villages in settled districts 17,358

By families in the woods 44!ooo

As regards the general geographical distribution :

West of the Rockies 26,000

East of the Rockies | . "76000

As regards political divisions:

Province of Prince Edward Island 323

" 'I Nova Scotia []\ j^eg^j

New Brunswick i 403

" Quebec ; ^ggg

" Ontario ^^.gyS

" Manitoba cqo

British Columbia 23,000

Rupert's Land | 33!5oo

Labrador and the /. rctic watershed 22^000

The census returns for 1901 give the number of Indians
»t 93.454, thus showing a decrease in the thirty years of
6,649.

The Report of the Superintendent of Indian Affairs for
1902 gives the total at 108,112, an increase of 5,754 in thirty
years.

Taking the latter for purposes of comparison, the fol-
lowing are the increases and decreases in 1902, as com-
pared with 1871 (by Provinces) :—

_, . Increase. Decrease.

Fnnce Edward Island -

Nova Scotia ^qi

New Brunswick 241

Province of Quebec 3,854 _

Ontario 8,005 —

Manitoba 6,254

British Columbia 2,500

Northwest Territories 15,494

'^''*«' -'1.255 15,5^^

Net increase 5>754

UI^|J||

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

These comparisons show that the Indians in the older
provinces are increasing in population at such a rate as to
be more than an off-set to their decrease in the Northwest
Icrritories. During the thirty-one years the Indians of
the plains have been brought within the sphere of civiliza-
tion, and have suffered. The introduction of railways,
the destruction of the larger game like the buffalo, and
the restriction of the area of production of wild animals
l.y settlement and by ranching grounds have been more
powerful forces of depletion than the reproductive force
of the race for growth. The change from the decrease of
6,649 in 1901 to the increase of 5.754 in 1902 shows that the
decrease in the Northwest has been stayed, and that the
system which has resulted so well in the older provinces
h about to produce equally beneficial results under the new
conditions of the Northwest Territories. Of the total,
22.084 are outside of treaty limits and are nomadic.

The Indians of Canada are in various stages of develop-
ment. Some are polygamous, while some have adopted
the civilization of the white population to such an extent
as scarcely to be distinguished from them. Some would
not know what a vote for a member of parliament means ;
otliers possess the electoral franchise and prize it highly.'
.^ome tribes are increasing in numbers and others are
decreasing.

The returns as to Indians resident on reserves show
tneir condition: —

.\umber on reserves 86,028

Quantity of land cultivated, acres ii2!8q4

New land cleared, -cres 2,673^254

Value of farming implements $ 52o!33o

Number of live stock and poultry ^56,188

Va!ue of live stock and poultry $ 1,508,726

Hay crop for the year, tons " 97,066

Grain crop for the year, bush 717^903

Potatoes and other roots, bush 504472

Value of rifles, nets, traps, etc $ 526^536

«l

4- .,
pi-]

4«

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

1902.

.Value of household effects $ 894,680

Value of real and personal property . . . .$22,089,205

Wages earned by fishing $ 680,523

Wages earned by hiinting $ 607,025

Wages earned by other industries $ 607,376

Total income $ 4,095,809

The Government of Canada have taken charge of thr
Indians. Like an army they have been, and are still in
large numbers, fed and clothed by the Government. They
are wards of the nation, but, unlike wards in most cases,
they have never had any serious disagreements with their
guardian. With their consent, their lands - ■> many in
.stances havs been .sold until an Indian Fund has accumu-
lated amounting on 30th June, 1903, to $4,705,130, the
expenditure from which, charged principally to interest,
was $296,217. The expenditure from parliamentary appro-
priations was $1,077,815. This amount was divided amontr
the Indians of the several provinces as follows: — Ontario
and Quebec, $88,364; Nova Scotia, $7,620; New Brunswick,
$16,891; Prince Edward Island, $1,574; Manitoba and the
Northwest, $818,576; and British Columbia, $138,210.
The sum of $44,214 was divided between Ontario,
Quebec and the Maritime Provinces for expenditure on
schools. This expenditure in the whole Dominion reached
the sum of $384,939.

Schools — day, boarding and industrial — have been estab
li.shed for the Indians, and now number 283, with 9,66' »
pupils on the rolls, and an average attendance of 6,054. Tin;
number of pupils in 1885 was 4,000. Of these 283 schools
100 were conducted by the Roman Catholic Church, 87 bv
Anglicans, 41 by Methodists, 14 by Presbyterians, and 41
were undenominational. In the older provinces many
Indian children attend the day schools of the white com-
munities in the vicinity of the reserves.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The census of religions for 1002 shows that there were
,y.735 Indians Roman Catholics, 14,472 Anglicans, 11,106
Methodists, 1,375 Presbyterians, 1,059 Baptists, 692 other
ihristian creeds, and I2,l);e pagans.

The White Population.

The various settlements at Acadie, New England, Vir-
^'iiiia and on the St. Lawrence in the first decade of the
seventeenth century were eflfected with difficulty. Popu-
lation was first attracted to this continent from Europe,
and scattered settlements were formed from the T.ulf of
St. Lawrence to the Gulf of Mexico. These immigrants
peopled the regions contiguous to the coast, and pushed
their way slowly into the hinterland, in an ever-widening
circumference. While this movement was in progress
along the Atlantic coast, the descendants of the few hardy
Xorman emigrants, who had secured a foot-hold at the con-
fluence of the Saguenay and St. Lawrence rivers, and there
founded their first establishments on Canadian soil, pushed
vij,'nrously forward, exploring and settling the St. I^awrcnce
:in<l its tributary rivers and streams.

Two centres of population were thus formed on this
( intinent. Sometimes an advantage secured by one centre
attracted wanderers from the other. Thus the withdrawal
nf the ITnited States — the second great country in area on
tins continent — from the British Empire, caused an exten-
sive movement of population from the .Atlantic sea-board,
Iictwcen the St. Croix and the Delaware rivers, to British
trrritory, tens of thousands going from New York and other
[Mirts to Nova Scotia and New Brunswick by water, and
tliitnsands painfully forcing their way through forests to
tlie then unoccupied regions north of Lakes Erie and
< Ontario.

The cession of Acadie to England by the French led to
tlio dispersion of the French Acadians and their settle-
ment in little communities from Maine to Louisiana.
S 'ine of the more northerly communities in after years
attracted the French population of what is now the Province

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

It is difficult to tell which nf *»,--> *

connection with the movement of populatL frl^f ^ ".'

CanaHia^o « . ^ ^ ^*' ^^° '"^"y thousands of

t.anad.ans passed over to the newly opened reeions th
movement continuing for years C.^a' T '
Territory, the counterpart. a„T in man ''°'*'""'

superior of the Western ^.J ^^^"^ respects the

destined to rema.^ o ked UD fo'; th". '°'''' "^ ^"^ ^^^
Bay Company holding tSe kTy ^^ ^ '''"' ''' ""'^°"

The territorial claims of this tradm,r
purchased by the Canadian r ^ company were

Canada, to recover her los he^^^^'T'"' '" ^^^o. an-I
velop the new region p^scu'^tY' '^^^" ^* ''"« to de-
such energy that in ten Tear, J^ '"'^'^ °^ ^^"^« ^'^I,
acres com?[etely "rveved o V^"""' "'"'^ ^o.ooo.ooo

have been'added^^St tre^asIma^S'* '^^^ *'^^^'
that there are now over eightv-fiVe m.m ''°''- ^"

for settlement, giving 537.oc^tmrof'";^tre:cr °"'

sprJaVthr:;tu; V: Welt i:a"t""r ^°^"'^*- •'-'

^.-an boundary line. Whn the rest 7'"' ''^ ^^"^-
were removed by the pJCs^ll ZZTZl^lTr""'

Cars Tor^LTth- vr ^-^n -"••- ^-- -h:
-ailed in voir;:?--r?s:::rr--

i;:*:!

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

past, now moving in one direction and now in anntlier, have
Iiclped to mix up the people on the border hind of the two
ii'imtries to the great advantage of both.

In 1800 the population of what is now known as Canada
was under 400,000. According to the last census, taken
in if/)f, it was 5.37l,3lSi showing the gain in tlie century
to Iiave been 5,000,000 on an original population of 4(X),ooo.

Canada begins the new century with the same number
of inhabitants as the United States began the 19th cntury.

The main racial divisions in Canada arc into French
anil English-speaking races. Of the former, in 1901 there
were found to be within Canada 1,649,371, 80 per cent, of
whom were massed within the bounds of the Province of
Quebec.

The proportion of the Frencii speaking race is increas-
ing in Quciiec. It was 78.8 per cent, in the census of i88i,
and 79.7 per cent, in that of 1891, and 80.18 in i9oi — one
and a third per cent, in twenty years.

The bilingual population, thus gathered together and
seeking to accomplish the task of developing the vast
country entrusted to them and of supplying it with all the
paraphernalia of modern civilization, were at the last cen-
sus found to be divided along lines now to be mentioned.

The population at the last census, which was taken on
tlie 31st March, 1901, wa^ 5.37i,3i5- The proportion of
the sexes calculated froin the returns of the census of 1901
is 5,123 males to 4,877 females in each 10,000 of the popula-
tion.

.\ccording to the same census, 87.00 per cent, of tlie
inhabitants of Canada are native-born and 94.53 per cent,
ilritish-born, which, of course, includes tiic Canadian-horn,
i he natives of Ireland numbered 101,629; of England,
Wales and the Channel Islands, 201,285; and ot Scotland.
'\s63i- Those born in the United States numbered
127,899, and those born in Germany, 37.300 ; natives of
Irance numbered 7,944.

B)»

CANADIAN HANOrinOK.

I'll. rtli>{i.,iis of tin- pcopli- wen-: Protestants. 2.937,6^,;
Komaii CatliMliis, 2,3^>,fxj.); J^ws. ir».4<,i ; without crc. d
and crii'fl not given, 187,618.

Tlu- largest Protestant (lenoininations were: Methodists
.ii6,8«r,; Presbyterians. 842,44^; tliureh of Enelanl
f.8o.62(); Haptists. 316,477.

Classifying tiie population according to ages and <ii-
noniinating tlic classes as follows :-Infants, persons un-Nr
< ne year old ; cliildrcji, from one to five years old ; boys atwl
gitls, from 5 to 15 years; youths and maidens, from 15 lu
20 years; yoimg men and women, from 20 to 30 ye"ar>;
nii(Mle-aged men and women, from 30 to 50 years, and old
men and women, 50 years and upwards, the following n-
sults are obtained : —

1M>!

Malci

Infants .^..^

Children 06,4«M

Boysan.i Girls.;.'. :..:;;;;;;;; f^-f!^'

Youths and Maidens 1 oano^

Vounjj Men un.l Women. ...■...' ' iTi'i{'l

?f,':i''ll'""*''"',*^*^" ■""' Women . .' i ! .' ! .' ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ' I *««"■ 48

Old Men and Wotnen I o ,^ •„,,«

NotOiven ^'-^

20,iH6

Female-

05, lit,

25:{,67:;

68o,-i:;o

272.21.N
45H,«74
584,9W»
370,0ss
19.311

Of the aged 39,539 were 80 years old and towards, atui
of the.se 3.871 wore 90 years old and upwards. These latttr
were:— Males, 1,779; females, 2,092.

r.y the census of 1901 in each group of 10,000 tlu re
^ycre 6,175 smgle, 3.412 married and 413 wido.ved. Of the
'^"igle, 3.256 were males, and 2,919 females. The mair*
were divided into-1,537 under 21 years of age, 1,719 o- cr
21 years ; bachelors over 20 years, 1,000. Of the J.ui'i
females, 1,201 were under 15 years of age ; 1,455 were ,<i
the reproductive age (15 to 45), and 263 were over 45 years.

Ihe housing of the people of Canada required 1.028.,'^.).'
tiouses. giving an average of 5.22 persons to the home.

CANADIAN IIANUIIDOK.

As tin- aviruKc .si/cJ family in Catiuda was 5.()j, praf-
tiially every family in Canada lia<l a lioiiu'.

During recent year> there has been a large addition to
the iM.pnlation throiigh ininiigratioii. 'llms to tlic end of
Deiemher, igoo, in the twelve months of tlie year, 29,197
persons arriveil at onr ocean ports ^nd dcchired their in-
tention to settle. Of these, I4.73f were hound to the
Northwest, and of these 6,593 were Cialicians. In addi-
tion to the 2<),H)7 persons from over the sea, there were
ni.orte<l at Winnipeg 11,192 declared settlers from the
1 iiited States during the twelve months, while west of
W innipcg, alonfj the frontier of Manitoba and the Nor'li-
uist Territories, 4.308 more arrived fn.m the United
States. These figures are exclusive of arrivals in the
Yukon Territory.

In 1902. the total arrivals were 67.370 pesons, of whom
i3,(x^5 were Knglish, 2,833 Scotch, and 1,311 Irish.
.'-.388 persons came from the Tnited States. In 1903,
tlif arrivals numbered 128,364 persons, (jf whom 41,71)2 were
In nil the P.ritish Isles and 49,473 from the Unite<l States.

The foreign-born population of Canada numbered,
.Kcordinp to the last census, 278,449 persons.

THE coxsTrrriio.v or r.\\.\n,\.

The people of Canada during more than 100 years have
■iciively exerted themselves to provide a form of govern-
inint suited to their circumstances. The result of their
< f forts is embodied in tlie constitution which is set forth
ill the British North American .Act, 1867. 30 Vic. cap. 3.

Tlie executive government and authority is vested in
tlie Sovereign of (ireat Britain and Ireland, who governs
ilirough the person of a riovernor-Cieticral. appointed bv
liiiii but jiaid by Canada.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

By the adoption of this plan, the Canadian Constitution
has become the very imagfe and reflection of parliamentary
government in England. The Governor, like the Sovereign
whom he represents, holds himself aloof from and superior
o political parties, and governs through constitutional
advisers, who have acquired ascendancy in the Commons.

A Council, known as the King's Privy Council f >r
Canada, taken only from members of the Dominion Par-
liament, forms a ministry which must possess the con-
fidence of the majority in the House of Commons. Tlic
power of dismissing the ministry lies with the Governor-
General.

The command of the Canadian military, both active and
reserve, is vested in the King, who appoints an officer <A
no less rank than a Major-General, who is paid by Canada,
and must be subject to the authority of the Minister of
Militia. The seat of government is at Ottawa.

There is one Parliament for Canada, consisting of the
King, an Upper House styled the Senate, and a Lower
House styled the House of Commons.

The Senate consists of eighty-one members, appointed
for life by the Governor in Council ; twenty-four from On-
tario, twenty-four from Quebec, ten each from Nova Scotia
and New Brunswick, three from British Columbia,- four
each from Prince Edward Island and Manitoba, and two
from the Northwest Territories. Each Senator must he
not less than thirty years of age, a born or naturalized snh-
ject, and possessed of property in his own province, real
or personal, of the value of $4,000. He must continue tn
be a resident within the province for which he is appoint. .1.

The House of Commons consists of 214 member^
elected for five years (unless the House is sooner dissolved)
on the bpsis of representation by population for the older
provmc... the arrangement being that the Province of
Quebec shall always have sixty-five members, and the otiior
provmces proportionately to population according to the
census, which is taken every ten years, the last being taken
in 1901.

CANADIAN' HANDBOOK.

Ry provinces, under tlie latest rearrangement the 214
representatives in tlic Gminions are apportioned as fol-
lows : —

S6— Ontario,

r)5^0iiel)ec,

18 — Nova Scotia,

13 — New Brunswick,

4 — Prince Edward Id.,
10 — Manitoba. j

7 — British Colundiia,
10 — N. W. Territories, i

I — Yukon. •*

Original provinces of the
confederation.

'.V tcri'i.-, in ..itatutcs admitting

theiii u 111 amendments

thereto.

Bills for apiiropriating any part of the public revenue
or imposing any tax tir impost must originate in the House
111 Commons, hut no such hill can be introduced unless re-
rninmeiided by luessage from the flovernor-Gcneral.

Tlie !)rivileges and immunities of the Senate atid the
il.nise of Commons are defntcd by the Parliament of
< ;iii;icla. but must ncit exceed those enjoyed by the Imperial
lli'ti>e of Commons in iSf)-. The sittings are annual, but
may be oftener.

The naturalization laws are as follows: —

1. Alien women married to British subjects become,
ipso facto, naturalized British subjects.

2. Aliens, after three years' residence, bringing certifi-
cate- of good character, on taking the oath of residence
;m<l allegiance before a judge, commissioner, or magistrate,
.ni'l causing the same to be registered in a court of record,
«'a!i have a certificate of naturalization given them, and
tnjoy all privileges of liritish subjects.

\'oting in elections for representatives sitting in the
Commons is by ballot.

In addition to those of age (21 years), citizenship and
-ex (male), conmion to all voters in all the provinces, the
'iiialitications of electors for representatives of the Domi-
iiMii Ibiuse of Commons are those which are adopted by
'.\\(' l.cgislatiues of the several provinces for provincial

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

elections. I„ the provinces of Ontario, Manitoba, Briusli
C oliinibia. an.I tin- .Vortliwcst Territories, the qualification
IS practically residential manhood suffrage, with length of
residence v.iryinjf fn.ni six to twelve months— the shorter
term heins that of British Colnnibia, and the longer that
of Manitoba and the Northwest Territories.

In the eastern provinces a more elaborate system i.
employed, based ui.on ownership of real proi)erty.' position
as- teachers or clergymen, i)ersonal property income, and
residence, the length of tiie latter being 'one n,,nth i„
Quebec, and twelve months in Xova Scotia, Prince Edward
Island, ami .\e\v lirnnswick.

By the Act of LTnion the Dominion Government h.is
control of all matters which by that .\ct are not specially
delegated to the provinces. It has power to make laws fuV
the peace and go.^l government of the whole Dominion, as
also to regulate:

1. Public debt and property.

2. Trade and commerce.

3. Indirect taxation.

4. Borrf)wing on the i)id)lic credit.

5. The postal service.

6. The census and statistics.
7- Militia and defmce.

f^. I-ighthouse and coast service.

'). Navigation and shipping,

10. Quarantine.

11. Fisheries.

I-'. Currency and banking.

13. Weights and measures.

14. Bankruptcy and insolvency.

15. Naturalization.

1^. Marriage and divorce.

I". Penitentiaries.

1-^. Crinn-nal law, including i.roccdurc in criminal case>^

^^»g|

Iriusli
:ati()ii
jtli of
lortci
- til at

sitidii
, anW
itli in

Iwaril

t li.is
ciall\
.-s f. ,V
)n, as

ISC'-

CANADIAN HANDUOOK.

Administration of Government.

'I'lu- business of the country is transactod by the ineni-
ln rs of the Cabinet, each of whom, as a rule, presides over
a (k-partment.

These departments are as follows : —

I. The riovernor-General's office.

_'. The Privy Council office, with charjje of state papers
and records of council.

3. The Department of the Minister of Justice and
\ttorney-GeneraI, including the manafjcment of peniten-
tiaries.

4. The Department of Railways and Canals.

5. The Department of the Minister of Public Works,
liaving control of all public works, other than railways and
canals.

6. The Department of the Minister of the Interior,
iiuliiding: (a) Dominion Lands; fb) Geological Survey;
I c") Indian Affairs and Immigration.

7. The Department of the .Secretary of State, including:
(a) official correspondence with the riovernor-General's
office and with the Lieutenant-Governors of the Provinces;
I])) the printing and publishing of the Official Gazett •; (c)
tlic registration of all public legal documents; (d) the
I i(«\ (.'riinient stationery and King's Printer's office.

H. The Department of the Minister of Marine and
fisheries, including: construction and maintenance of
lii^litlunises; river police; revenue coast-guard; steam
lioat inspection; protection of fisheries and fish culture.

0. The Department of the Minister of Militia and De-
ft nee, including: militia, fortifications and military schools.

10. The Department of the Minister of Finance, includ-
ing: Treasury board, government savings' banks, and
Andit office.

11. The Department of the Minister of Customs.

12. The Department of the Minister of Inland Revenue,
inihuling: collection of the exci;e; canal and timber slide
ouls: ferry dues and the carrying out of the Acts relating
1" the inspection of food, gas, weights and measures.

" g f

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

13- The Department of the Postmaster-General, includ-
ing Post office savings' banks and the Labour Bureau.

14. The Department of the Minister of Agriculture, 'n-
cluding: the Patent office; census and statistical office;
quarantine and experimental farms and dairy interests.

15. The Department of the Minister of Trade and Com-
merce.

In addition to these there is a Department of Mounted
Police, administered by the President of the Privy Council.

For the purpose of communicating directly with the
Imperial Government, the Dominion has a resident repre-
sentative in London called the High Commissioner for
Canada.

Provincial Constitutions.

The Government of Canada appoints the Lieutenant-
Governors, of whom there is one for each province, whose
salary is paid by the Dominion Parliament.

Each province has its own elective assembly and ad-
ministration with full power to regulate its own local affairs
as set forth in the Confederation Act ; to dispose of its own
revenues and enact such laws as it may deem best for its
own internal welfare, provided only such lr.ws do not in-
terfere with, and are not adverse to, the legislation of the
Federal Parliament.

The Dominion Government assumed the debts existing
at the time of the Union, agreeing at the same time to pay
the provinces an annual subsidy, which is a grant equal to
eighty cents a head of the population of the four provinces
originally forming the Dominion, as ascertained by the
census of 1861, except in the case of New Brunswick and
NoVa Scotia, where it was arranged that the subsidy should
increase each decennial census till the population in each
case reached 400,000.

Besides this subsidy there is given to each province an
annual allowance for government, and also an annual
allowance of interest on the amnimt of debt allowed, where
the province has not reached the authorized debt.

It :

1 1 ^i

i -; ^:

! '.

lili

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The provinces retained possession of the lands belonp-
mg to them before Confederation. Manitoba, having no
public lands at the time of its creation into a province, has
since received from the Dominion Government a gift of

swamp lands.

The provinces appoint all the officers required for the
administration of justice, with the single exception of the

judges.

They regulate: — ist. Education; 2nd, Asylums, hos-
pitals, charities and eleemosynary institutions; 3rd, Com-
mon gaols, prisons and reformatories; 4th, Municipal in-
stitutions; Jth, Shop, tavcn, and other licenses; 6th, Local
works; 7th, Solemnization of marriage; 8th, Property and
civil riehts; 9th. Administration of justice, so far as the
constitution, maintenance and organization of nrovincial
courts of both civil and criminal jurisdiction and the
appointment of magistrates or justices of the peace, are
concerned.

Emigration and immigration are subjects of botii federal
and provincial legislation, but provincial laws on the sub-
ject must not conflict with federal enactments.

The general principles of the Canadian Constitution are:
representative government by ministers responsible to the
people ; a Federal government having charge of the general
puldic good ; and Provincial governments attending to local
and provincial interests.

The provinces have not any power to organize and
maintain a provincial military force, being in this respect
unlike the States in the Union to the south ; nor have they
final legislation, the 1 iominion Government possessing,
under the constitution, >'ie power of veto.

Excepting in Prince Edward Island, municipal institu-
tions have been adopted in all the Provinces of the Domi-
nion, the germ of which is in the municipality. Several
of these form a township, and these in turn are sub-divisions
of the county. The council of each county, township, city,
town and incorporated village has power to pass by-laws
for obtaining such real and personal property as may be

CANADIAN HANDBO> C.

>er,»ire.l for the «se of the corporation : for anpointinjr anri
I-y.n« ponn.i-keepc-rs. fence-viewers, overseers of Ll
Sn^ """"'■""/°^'-^°""''-^^'""-^- -Inators t
Sues """';" '"' "^ ••''^-'-'^-al societies, n.-chanics'

nst.ti.tes. .nannfact,.r.nfi: cstahlishments or road co,„-
pan.es: for regulating driving, on roads and bridge egr s.

on, h,„K,,„^,. ,„,, „^,^^.„^ ,,^_^.^^^ ^^^^ inflicting fi^e^To
Plantmg ornamental trees an,! pn.hihiting the sale o „
..x.cat.ng |„uor under the Ten.perance Acts passed v
the I.eg.slature.

tohn'^Britidrr'T't'"''"'.'''^ -'":^»-« V Ontario. Mani-
•'l>a. Bnt.sh C..Iun,b.a a.,,1 other pn.vinees. the whole
'm.n.c.pal organization co.nprises fa) the tow, ships beTnt
rnral d.str cts of an area of eight or ten square .Ss M
v-llages w.th a population over 750: (c) tow s wit

P . at.on of over .000. Such of these as are compri ed
^^.th.n a large d.str.ct called a county constitute (d) the
county „u,n.c>pality: (.) eities are established from the
Rfowth of towns when their population exceeds 15.000

laken .., the large, it n.ay be said that Canada is'pre-
jnnnently the !a..d of self-gover„,„e„t. The people have
>een tra.ned for years i., „n,n,. ipal govern.nent. and by it
keepcont ,! of expenditure for .nunicipal purpose: as
hrough t..c Provincial Legislature and the Federal Par-
hament they keep control of expenditures for provincial
and general purposes.

VI.

THE r.AND OF CANADA.

The land of Canada consists of granted and ungranted
Ia..d. The ungranted land in the older provinces is the

LTJnlL i *'^: P''°^'""^- ^"'' - ^•■SPOsed of by officials
appo.nted for the purpose, i„ accordance with the pro-
v,s.ons .f statutes passed bv the several Provincial Legis-
latures. *•

The ungrante.l land in .Manitoba an.l the Xorthwest
lerntones belongs to the whole people of Ca.iada. and i.
ad.n.nisterc.i by the Federal Government

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

B»

The •fdllovvinR is a concise statcincnt of »:.e essential
I'latiires of the law poveminp the disposal of Dominion
l.imls in Manitoba an<l the Northwest Territories: —

System of Survey.

The Dominion lands are laid out in quadrilateral town-
sliips, each containing thirty-six sections of as nearly one
mile s(|uare, or 640 acres, as the convergence of meridians
pirmits; the sections are situated and niimhered in the
ic. Mowing diagram: —

3^1

25 j

24i

'•^1

12 I

i 6

I 1
1 1

The townships are numbered in regular order northerly
frnm the international boundary or forty-ninth parallel of
latitude, and lie in ranges numbered, in Manitoba, East and

St from a certain meridian line styled the Principal Mcri-
ilian, drawn northerly from the forty-ninth parallel, and
tliroughout the Northwest Territories, in ranges numbered
westerly from other initial meridians styled the Second,
lln'rd, Fourth Meridian, and so on, according to their order
westward from the Principal Meridian.

Each section of a township, or 640 acres, is divided into
miartcr sections of 160 acres each, styled, according to posi-
tion, the North-West, North-East, South-West, or South-
iiast (juartcr-section, and to facilitate the descriptions of
letters patent of less than a quarter section, every section is

•0

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

supposed to he ft- thcr .livido.l into qnartor-rniartcr-sections,
oi 40 acres, tiutiDcrcd as shown in the followintj diagram.,
and called U-ha] >ul)-divisions ; —

•3 ! Ml 15 16

12 ' II

W. I 1 —

10 ; ()

— ' 1 F..

!-jLi_l

Disposal of Dominion Lands.

Tn ropard tf) their disposal the Dominion lan.ls in Mani-
foha and the Northwest Territories may be considered as
divided into two classes, viz. : Even-ntimbered and odd-nnm-
hered sections.

Within a certain area the eviii-nnmherefl sections. Cex-
ceptinp those nnnibcred 8 and 26. which are allotted to the
Hudson's Ray Company) , are open for homestead entry,
and the odd-nitmhered ones. Cexccptinp 11 and 29, which
arc Schorl Secti.ms), are held for sale, and also as land
prants in aid of the construction of Colonization Railways.

The area in Manitoba and the Northwest Territories
which has been alienated for actual settlement, under home-
stead entries, amounts to nearly 18 million acres. The area
set out for settlement by the surveyors is 85,000,000 acres.

Homesteads.

Any person, male or female, who is the sole head of a
family, or any male who has attained the ape of eifrhteeii
years, is entitled, on makinp application before the Local
Agent of the District, in which the land he desires to bo
entered for is situated, and p.iyinjv an office fee of ten dol-
lars, to obtain homestead entry for any quantity of land not

? i

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

«1

exceeding one quarter-section, or iGo acres, of the class of
land open to such entry. This entry entitles the holder to
occupy and cultivate the land to the exclusion of aqy other
])crson, the title remaining in the Crown until the issue of
patent for the land.

A settler who has been granted an entry for a homestead
is required by the provisions of the Dominion Lands Act
and the amendments thereto to perform the conditions con-
nected therewith, under one of the following plans : —

(i) At least six months' residence upon and cultivation
of the land in each year during the term of three years.

(2) If the father (or mother, if the father is deceased)
of any person who is eligible to make a homestead entry
under the provisions of this Act, resides upon a farm in the
vicinity of the land entered for by such person as a home-
stead, the requirements of this Act as to residence prior to
obtaining patent may be satisfied by such person residing
with the father or mother.

(3) If a settler has obtained a patent for his homestead,
or a certificate for the issue of such patent countersigned in
tlie manner prescribed bv this Act, and has obtained entry
for a second homestead, the requirements of this Act as to
residence prior to obtaining patent may be satisfied by resi-
dence upon the first homestead, if the second homestead is
in the vicinity of the first homestead.

(4) If the settler has his permanent residence upon
farming land owned by him in the vicinity* of liis homestead,
tl'.e requirements of this Act as to residence may be satisfied
by residence upon the said land.

In case a certain number of homestead settlers, embrac-
ing not less than twenty families, with a view to greater
convenience in the establishment of schools and churches

•The term "vicinity," used above, is meant to indicate the same
township or an adjoining or cornering township.

A settler who avails himself of the provisions of Clauses (2), fj) or
'41 must cultivate 30 acres of his homestead, or substitute 20 head of
stock, with buildings for their accommodation, and have besides 80 acres
substantially fenced.

CANADIAN irANDBOOK.

:i!i

I i
i

i h

and for advantages of a similar nature, ask to he allowed t.,
settle together in a hamlet or village, the Minister of the
Intenor may dispense with the condition of residence on the
homestead, but the condition of cultivation must be carried
cut on each one. There are also provisit^ns in the land laws
for co-operative farming if und.-rtaken by not less than ten
persons.

A homestead entry is liable to be cancelled at any tinu.

cultu-ated h.s homestead for at least six months in any on
year from the date of perfecting entry ; but in case of iliness,
properly vouched for. or in case of immigrants returning t-
their native land to bring out their families to their home-
steads, or m other special cases, the Minister of the Interior
tiiay grant an extension of time during which the settler
may be absent from his homestead, but such leave of ai,-
sence will not count in the term of residence.

The privilege of homestead entry only applies to agri-
cultural lands. *

Wood for Settlers.

In townships which consist partly of prairie and partlv
of timber lands the timber lands are, where it is considereil
expedient, divided into Wood Lots of not more than twenty
acres and not less than ten acres, and any settler not havin-
more than ten acres of wood land on his homestead quarter"
section IS entitled, on making application before the Local
Agent, to be entered for one of such lots, the applicant pay-
mg the price fixed for the same, and on his fulfilling tlio
requirements of the Act. in respect to his homestead, a
patent shall issue to him for such wood lot.

The cancellation of the homestead entry also involves
the cancellation of such wood lot, and the forfeiture of the
purchase money for the same.

The settler is prohibited from selling, prior to the issue
of patent, any of the timber on his land, or on the appur-
tenant wood lot, without permission from the Minister of
the Intenor, under penalty of fine or imprisonment, or both
as well as the forfeiture of his homestead rights.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Sales.

The odd-numbered sections of Dominion lands, except-
ing School Sections and where they may be reserved as
grants in aid of Colonization Railways, are open for pur-
chase at such prices and on such terms and conditions as
may be fixed from time to time by the Governor-in-Council.

Educational Endowment.

The Parliament of Canada has made a liberal provision
in aid of education in Manitoba and the Northwest Terri-
tories by sett- , -nart Sections ii and 29 in every township
throughout -- ' -f the Dominion Lands as an endow-
ment for sucn p. .^ . These sections are styled School
Lands, and are administered by the Governor-in-Council
through the Minister of the Interior. It is provided that
they shall be disposed of by sale at public auction at an
upset price fixed from time to time by the Governor-in-
Council ; the moneys realized from such sales to be invested
in Dominion securities, and the interest arising therefrom
paid over to the Government of the Province or Territory
within which the lands are situated, towards the support of
tlie public schools therein.

Hudson's Bay Company's Sections.

Sections 8 and 26 in every fifth township, that is, in
townships 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, and so on, and Section 8 and
three-quarters of Section 26 in all other townships are re-
served to the Hudson's Bay Company, under the terms and
conditions of the deed of surrender from the said Company
to the Crown by >vhich the Company is entitled to one-
twentieth of the land within the "Fertile Belt," which is
fijund to be satisfied by the allotment of the said sections.

Fuel for Settlers.

Settlers will experience no difficulty in obtaining a suffi-
cient supply of fuel. In those portions of Manitoba and the
Northwest Territories where wood is not found to any great

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

1 i!

i t

i .

! i^

extent, nature has furnished coal as a substitute. In South-
ern Manitoba wood may be obtained from the Turtle Moun
tains, Brandon Hills, and along the banks of the Souris
River ; the "Manitoba and Southwestern" railway furnish-
ing the best possible access to the Souris coal fields, from
which a considerable percentage of the fuel used in South-
ern Manitoba and at many points on the main line of the
Canadian Pacific railway, as far east as Winnipeg and west-
ward to Moose Jaw, is obtained.

In that portion of the Province of Manitoba lying north
of the Assiniboine nearly every half section of land will be
found to contain a certain quantity of wood and some parts
of the tract are very thickly wooded. That portion of the
District of Assiniboia which lies to the south of the Qu'Ap-
pelle and South Saskatchewan Rivers is fairly supplied witii
either wood or coal.

In Northern Alberta and for some distance to the east of
the Rocky Mountains, and along the rivers in Southern Al-
berta, an abundant supply of timber for fuel is obtained and
throughout the whole of Alberta there is an abundant sup-
ply of coal, and at no point in it will a settler probably be
more than forty or fifty miles from a coal mine, and 70 per
cent, of the district would come within fifteen miles of one
Ihe coals found in Alberta vary from a high-grade lignite
up to the highest grade of anthracite, and the supply is in-
exhaustible, sufficient to supply the entire world for cen-
turies. In addition to the regular largely operated col
lieries situated at I.ethbridge, Canmore and Anthracite,
there are scattered all through the district smaller mines,
the output of which will vary from 100 to 5,000 tons per
annum. These latter arc operated by the settlers them-
selves to furnish coa! to their neighbours, and the price
varies from 50 cents to $1.50 per ton at pit's mouth, the
settlers teaming the coal to their residences.

At the points named the output is shipped partlv tc
United States points, and partly to Canadian points as far
cast as Winnipeg and as far west as Vancouver, and tlu
output is increasing rapidly.

•

'l 1>

!■- '

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

8r.

Building Material.

In addition to small local mills at a few points in Snutli-
crn Manitoba and the District of Assinihoia. there are mills
situated on the Lake of the Woods, on Lakes Winnipejj.
Manitoba, and Winnipcgosis ; at Brandon, Prince Albert.
Tlattleford, Edmonton and vicinity. Red Deer or the Row
River, at Calgary and other points. On Sheep Creek and
the Old Man's River these sawmills have an output varying
from 200,000 feet per annum up to ten or twelve million,
and, in addition, lumber is brought into the Territories and
Manitoba from British Columbia points, the price of said
Inmber varying from $8 to $30 per thousand, according to
(|nality. Roofing material in the shape of shingles is worth
about $2 per thousand. The country is bountifully supplied
with building material in the shape of limestone, sandstone,
sranite ; also clays for the manufacture of brick,
cements, etc.

Provincial Lands.

In the Province of Ontario it is provided that public
lands which have been surveyed and are considered suitable
for settlement and cultivation may be appropriated as free
grants. Two hundred acres is the limit of the Act regulat-
ing the disposal of them as free grants. A single man over
eighteen years of age, or a married man having no children
under eighteen years of age residing with him, can obtain
a grant of one hundred acres. The male head of a family.
or the sole female head of a family having a child or children
under eighteen years of age residing with him or her, may
nhtain a free grant of two hundred acres, and may also pur-
chase an additional one hundred at tl rate of ^o cents ('2s')
per acre.

The settlement duties required are as follows : To have
.1' least fifteen acres cleared and under cultivation, of which
two acres at least are to be cleared and cultivated annually
fhiring five years ; to have built a habitable house at least
sixteen by twenty feet in size ; and to have actually and

•• CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

continiiottslv resided upon and cultivated the land for five
years. The locatee is not bound to remain on the land all
the time durinp the five years, but. may be absent on busi-
ncss or at work for, in all. not more than six months in anv
one year. A locatee who purchases an additional one hun-
dred acres under the regulations must, within five years
from the date of sale, clear fifteen acres and cultivate the
same before bcin;? entitled to a patent ; but he is not nquird
to hnil.l a house or reside on the purchased lot where lu
holds it ill connection with a free grant.

In the Rainy River district, to the west of Lake Superior
cons.stmg of well-watered, uncleared lands, free grants are
made of one hundred and sixty acres to a head of a familv
having hildren under eighteen years of age residing witl,
him (or her), and one hundred and twenty acres to a single
man over eighteen years, or to a married man not having
children under eighteen years residing with him ; each per-
son obtaining a free grant to have the privilege „f purchas-
ing eighty acres additional at the rate of $i per acre payabK^
111 four annual instalments. The settlement duties are the
same as set out above, excepting that only three years-
residence is required. The soil of this district is a deep
loam, and for an area of nearly a million acres is very fertile
Outside of the free grant townships, uncleared land
varies in price from 2 shillings to 40 shillings an acre, ac-
cording to situation and soil. Cleared and improved farms
can be bought at prices ranging from £4 to £10 an acre
The money can nearly always be paid in instalments cover-
ing several years.

The northern lands of the province have been explored
within the past four years, and 60,000,000 acres of land
opened up to settlers.

i i,
i t'

In the Province of Ouebec the Government have si.r-
veyed about seven million acres of Crown lands.

These lands purchased from the Government are to be
paid for in the following manner : One-fifth of the purchase

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. g;

money is required to be paid the dav of sale, and the re-
mainder in four equal annual instahnents bearing interest
..I I per cent. But the prices at which these lands are sold
are so low, viz.: from is 5d to 2s 5d. that these conditions
are not very burdensome. The purchaser is required to
lake possession of the land sold within six months of the
<!ate of sale and to occupy it within two years. He must
dear and have under crop, in the course of four years, ten
acres for every hundred held by him, and erect a habitable
house of the dimensions of at least sixteen feet by twenty.

In the TcniiscaminBuc settlement north of the city of
Ottawa, twenty-five townships have been surveyed, five of
which have been opened for sale, subject to settlement and
pine tree regulations, at fifty cents an acre, half cash and
l)alance in two equal annual instalments with interest.

The settlement dues are actual residence on the land
|)urchased for four years from the date of purchase, clearing
and liaving under cultivation and crop at least lo acres for
every loo acres, and building a habitable house i6 feet by
20 feet.

In the Province of New Brunswick it is estimated that
Lore are about 7.000,000 acres of ungranted land. Crown
lands may be acquired for actual settlement. ( i ) One hun
'Ircd acres are given to any settler over 18 years of age, not
oun.ng other land, who pays ?20 in cash or does work o.
tl.o public roads, etc., equal to $10 per annum for three
years. Within two years a house 16 ft. by 20 ft. must be
unit and two acres of land cleared. Continuous residence
for three years from date of entry and the cultivation of 10
■icres in that time are required.

^ (2) Single applications may be made for not more than
-'«> acres of Crown lands without conditions of settlement
I u se lands are put up at public auction at an upset price
-f M an acre. Purchase money to be paid with application.
ns of survey to be paid by purchaser. The above sections
■'!'P y only to lands fit for agricultural purposes. Lands
V ell timbered are not sold outright.

* i;

•• CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Tn the Prnvlnce of Nova Scotia there are nearly one an'I
a half milhon acres of land hclonjjinR to the Crown, a con
sidtrable quantity of which is unsiiited for cultivation. Th»
price of Crown lands is .$-}0 ptr ion acres. The distinctifm
is made in the price between loo acres and smaller U.ts, ;i>
the difference in cost of survey, defrayed by the Govern
ment, is very triflinjj. .Ml minerals and ores are reserved !.■
the Crown, except limestone, plaster and buildinp material-

In the Province of I'.ritish Columbia, the land and pn
emption laws are as follox ■ Every head of a famih,
widower or single man. elKlteen years of aye, beinjj a
I'ritish subject, born or naturalized, has the rijjht l>
pre-empt a tract of Ian<l not exceedinjif ifio acres in extent,
west of the "Cascade Rantje" of mountains ; or 320 acre-;
east of these mountains. Personal residence durinp a
period of two years, reasonable intervals of absence beini,'
permitted, and improvements to the average of $2.50 |» r
acre are necessary to complete the pre-emption right. Upon
proof of the.se, the settler is entitled to claim his Crown
Grant in freehold to the tract occupied and improved. Tlic
price to be paid is $1 per acre, payable in four annual instal-
ments, the first to be paid one year to the date of rccoril.
The patent will be granted upon proof by declaration, in
writing, of the settler himself and two other • "-nsons. if
occupaticMi for two years from the date of pre-et ion. Nn
person can hold more than one pre-emption clr at a tinu'.

Timber and hav lands may be leased fron. die Govern-
ment. Timber lands pay a yearly rental of 15 cents por
acre and a royalty of 50 cents per 1,000 feet on all logs cut.

The

VII.
PUBLIC DEBT OF C.W.^D.A.
)lic debt of the peo])le of Canada in connecti'ii

with the Federal .Administration on the 1st July, 1903, wa-

PANAUIAN IIAMHUHtK.
(JroSH «lcl)t Si'll ..W-'-jX

A»sft» 'J«).737.«*J'J

•»

v assets c<nis

ist nf ani< units invi;sU<l as sinking f"H'ls

til iiu'ft bormwinjjs

(Ii'l)cnturi's. ifi'.

Tlif sinkiiiv;

fun'l,

(whicli hears iiitcnst) animm
total a'M'ts.

ts to almiit 54 \«-r nut. of the

The puhlic <U'l)t was e

reateil at the tinu- of the I'liion

(.%7)

(i) hy the assvimi'

tioii of the <lel»ts of the several

lueiii
to

hers of Federal I'tiion anunnitinK with revisions
$I()<M30,I4X

Since that time there has been spent on
capital account :

( i) F(vr canals ''>4.><'3.053

, 3) For Railways • 25.91^'.--^

(4) For Northwest Territories '),2f)o,7i4

(5) For other Public Works & buiUlinps I5.733.4<'^

$3-J5.o'A954

Thus, over 63 million dollars beyond the amount of the
net public debt have been expende.l by the people of Canada
for i)ublic purposes.

The interest paid on the public debt averages $2.47 per
$ioo. The improvement in the credit of tlie country is
nieasure.l by the great decrease in the interest paid as com
pared with 1868, when the average interest was $4.51 per
$100.

Besides the amounts expended on railways as above, the
Covernment of Cana<la have for some years a.lopted the
I)olicy of giving bonuses to aid in the construction ot rad-
wavs. chieflv branches or feelers of the main lines. The
a.nount thus granted to the 30th June, 1.KJ3. is $52,031,000.
This sum has been paid out of current receipts.

3' !

ji:

i;'

° CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Analysis of the public debt contracted before confedera
.on shows that of the total amount assumed by the F dial

Xd^tbhr'^'r^^ ''' ^""^ "^ ^^•^^'.o^. w!:'::'

canals ' ^S2'944.i75 being for railways and

th .?"' 'J'-! ^"*'"' '^''^' '^"^ ^^^" "^^ted in large part bv
the expenditure require,! for the extension of the Dom nioi'
over all cont.nental British North America, for imprZ
the 1 nes of mtercommunication. for safeguarding th! coast'
and for fachtating the general business of the country
Two other facts may be mentioned in this connection

iuff'l; ' n ""P^"^^J ^"d unpledged Crown lands belong-

ng to the Domm.on, if valued at $i.oo an acre would nav

the whole public debt. ^^^

Second, the public buildings, the canals, the public rail
tTe'n br ?7""" '^"'^' ^"°"^'^ ^'-''- -^t is fnd ded n

asset "to b" T T '""''''''' '■" '"^^ ^"^"-^ Accoun
as assets to be placed against the debt.

there" 1re"'thV° ,''b?"'!" '!'''' ''' *'" ^^"^"-^^ Government
there are the debts of the several provinces. These

Zg t ro^ •" '''''' *^ ''' ^^ °^ ^' ''^^9.540. d.^ide:,
among tne provmces :

Gross. j^gf

g"'^'^^ • •. $36,075,660 $2.M29;87,

Nova Scotia ? 7fifi ,no ^

New Brunswick ....: : '3''^'^ ^f^f^^

Manitoba .^S, r' f''^'

n,;. . , „ , ■ 10,004.647 16,087,190

British Columb a lo 761 801 - w ,

P E Island '0,701,891 /, 191,099

^^'^""^ 650,409 438,477

$7i,62.).540 $52,178,056

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Of the public indebtedness of the Province of Quebec,
812,414,888 represents assistance given to railways within
the province, not included in the assets.

The current revenues of the Dominion of Canada are ob-
tained : (a) from taxation ; (b) from receipts from lands,
post office, railways, canals and other sources.

In the year ended 30th of June, 1903, the revenue was
$66,037,069 and the expenditure $51,691,903.

Taking seven years, 1897-1903, the revenue has been
$352,758,820 and the expenditure $311,378,730, the two
balancing each other, with $4,138,000 receipts more than
expenditure.

The general balance sheet for the year ended June 30th,
1003, shows the following condition :

RECEIPTS.

1. Consolidated Fund $ 66,037,069

2. Loans and Dominion Notes 30,079,313

3. Open Accounts 167,443,314

Total 1263,569,696

EXPENDITURES.

Consolidated ^und $ 51,691,903

Redemption 6.204,967

Open Accounts 205,662,826

Total $263,559,696

The actual sources of revenue and branches of expendi-
ture comprised under the division called Consolidated Fund
.'ire :

RECEIPTS.
Taxation —

(a) Customs »37,001,727

(b) Internal Rev. 12,013,779

149,015,506

Lands 1,695,592

Public Works and Post Office 11,486,334

Interest on Investments 2,020,958

Various 1,S1 8.fiS4

Total $66,037,069

I I

ill

: St

*
i^

'- CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

EXPKXDITURE.

I'liWIc Debt, Interest Cha.jfeH and Sinking Funds. »18,9S3,696

hubHldles to Provinces nn9 nnv

Publi,. Works Allill

• I ,,,, . , ^ • 4,065,563

AM Itla and Defence , ggg oj,j

Collection of Revenues ri 0*1 nil

«..her Expenditure .' ! .' ! ! ! ! ." .' 1 JSSi: "

'^"'''' »51,69U03

The amount of revemie obtained from taxation in if>o'
was 74.8 per cent, of tlie whole. Durinj,' tlic preceding 10
years it averaged 76.5 per cent.

Tlie sources from which the several provinces derive
their income are : Dominion Subsidy, Crown Lar.ds Suc-
cession Dues, Licenses, etc.

The expenditures are for Education, Maintenance of
1 ubhc rnstitution.s, Hospitals, Agriculture, Administration
of Justice, Legislation, Civil Covernment, etc.

The Province of Ontario in ujo2 received :

Dominion subsidy »I 196 873

Crown Lands, woods and forests, rents 1 474480

Licenses ''.„.'„

Interest "^•»»*

suceessiondut.es 1 ! ! ! 1 i! l! ! ! ! ! l! ! ! ! :! i! [ lllill

Other sources ^^^^33

( )ntario expended on :

civil Government iwid Legislation 19k oor

Administration of Ju.stUe »<!t>.9-s

Education 432,754

I'ubli,. nmltution.s a „Viho8pi"tals; ■.'.:'.; 1 o^^qz!

Agriculture l.«79,921

< »ther expenses , ^?1'^*"

1,367,155

'ihe Province of Quebec received :

Dominion .sub.sldles in^,,.

Interest 1.086,714

, . • lO') OQO

Lands and forests nllnli

Licenses and tax on , om. corporations ■.■.■.■.' 9129^4

Ku< cession dues, . 9iA».*

Other sources... 222,. 64

1.045.339

4 I

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

( jucbec expended on :

Interest, redempttmi of ilebt. MiiikinK fund $l,r>41.U«S

Civil (lovernmeiit uiul UeKlHlatlon 462,272

Administration of Justke 618,315

Public Instruction 4.".5,18r>

Agriculture 217,369

Oolonlzation roads 112,540

Public works, buildings, iiHyluins 538,229

( (ther expenst'H 545,709

riie Province of Xuva Scotia received:

Subsidy from Federal Government 432,807

Mines <»7,949

Succession dues 55,222

Crown lands 74,735

Other sources 99.504

Nova Scotia expended :

Interest 156,625

Education 259,379

Hospitals and charities 140,573

Legislation and Civil Oovernment 74,375

Road grants 94,478

Other expenses 361,973

The Province of New Brunswick received:

Dominion subsidy 495,312

Lands and forests 175,280

Licenses (liquor) and taxes Incorp. Compa 48,205

Succession duties 16,935

Other source."* 90,294

New Brunswick expended :

Interest 132,147

Education 201,481

Asylums and hospitals 63,552

l<egislatioii and Civil (iovfiiiint'iit 51,744

Agriculture 31,488

Public works 194,350

( nher 170.875

Jlie Province of Manitoba received:

Subsidy and interest on school funds 778,299

Liinds and land fees 376,428

Licenses ( liquor) 31,084

Interest 53.167

Succession duties 6,949

Other 197.329

T:i

1 11

: !^

i \

i :
S 1

' i

1%.

I i

1 '

• S'

••1

' CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Manitoba expended :

Lf^gislatlon

Education *7,276

Agriculture an.l Immigration! '.'.'.'.'. ',11111

Administration of Justice ", "f

Public Works . 173,846

Other 220.629

393,689

I'ritish Columbia received :

Dominion .subsidy . . .

Land sales, leases, Roy.nlt'y ■.■.■.■.'.■.'.■.' '"^''^

Rev. from mines 292,4,53

Succession duties 390.100

Property taxes ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! i! ! ! ! ! ! ,"■?"

Interest on Investments ... ,, », !

Licenses ^'-^'^

Other "-'-S"

391.036

British Columbia expended :

Interest, sinking funds, etc. . . .

Civil Government and LegLsIation ..'.'.[ ::,,„:

Public institutions, ho.spltaN. etr.... * ,,,!

Administration of Justice :„« 'J„

Education ... 106,409

Public works .'.■.■.■ *«5,922

Other 902,865

237,715

Prince Edward Island received:

Dominion subsldv . .

Provincial land tax ^''"'^^

Public lands '.'.'■'.'.'.".'.'.'.'.'..'. '*'***

Income ta x 7,766

Licenses ^'^^^

Road tax ^•''^^

Other sources " **'**'

38,038

Prince Edward Island expended :

Education

Interest and sinking fund 127.495

Legislation 27,877

Public works ..'..'.'.' ''•''22

HoKpltala, UKyiunis 63.110

Other 30.920

67,061

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.
VIII.

EDL'C.VnON.

Under the fundamental law of Canada the general
subject of education is specially the care of the provinces;
the rights and privileges of denominational and separate
scliuols as existing prior to 1867 being carefully guarded.

The Provinces of Ontario and British Columbia have a
.Minister of Education and a general superintendent. In
tlie Province of Quebec education is under the control of the
.'^tiperintendent of Public Instruction, assisted by a council
of 35 members, divided into committees for the manage-
ment of the Roman Catholic and the Protestant Schools
respectively. In Manitoba, New Brunswick and North-
west Territories the Executive, associating with them
others not of the Executive, with a superintendent, have
control. In Nova Scotia the Executive Council and a sup-
erintendent carry on the work. In Prince Edward Island
the education is under the control of a board and a super-
ii'Undent, both appointed by the Government.

The educational facilities for the aboriginal inhabitants
of Canada are provided by the General Government of
Canada, who are the guardians of the Indian tribes.

The Educational equipment of Canada consists of 17
universities, 20 colleges, iq classical schools, 8 ladies' col-
leges, I academy, 23 denominational and private institu-
ti'Mis not having degree-conferring powers; 350 boarding
scliools for young ladies. In addition to these there are
10.386 public and other schools, supported partly or wholly
by the provinces.

In the universities; colleges and other higher institu-
tions there are 20,000 student*. In the young ladies'
boarding schools 16,300, and in the public and other schools
1,100,000.

Taking the population of both sexes between the ages
>! 5 years and 20 years of age, 66 in every group of 100 are
Liiruiled on the attendance books.

■ 4

f ,

U 'i

'" CANADIAN HANDHOOK.

iMve of the J7 universities are ii..n-.|.,n,„ni„ational x

the Church of Rome, i un.ler the Presbyterian Church >
"ucler the Afetho.list Church. a„,l . „.;,., the Hapt'is;
Church. *•

AT iflf \"^^T ""'^^"'ty '" Cana.la is the University r.f
McG.II, m Afcntreal. It owns property to the vah-e oi
p.20o,ooo, has an endowment of over $3,000,000, and an
nicome from endowments of $346,000. 1,150 students are
in attendance.

'I he University of Toronto has 1.322 students, an endow-
ment of $1,187,683. owns property to the vahie of $1,457-
339, and has an income of $1 19,087.

In tlie Province of Ontario, under the University
I'cderation Act of 1887, an uniform standard of higher edu-
cation is sought in the union of the various denominational
nniversities with the non-denominational University of
Toronto.

Methodist, Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, Episcopalian
Universities and Colleges and other institutions have thus
federated and affiliated with the provincial institution.

The same policy has been pursued in other provinces
In the Province of Quebec the University of Laval two
branches (Roman Catholic) and McGill (non sectarian) are
the centres around which the other institutions rally

A statement of the possibilities, in the way of Educa-
tion, though specially describing McGill University, will
give a clear idea of the status of higher education in Canada
and of the extent to which the people have endeavoured to
secure the benefits of university education.

McGill University. Montreal, founded in 18,4 by a
wealthy citizen, has been enable. ., reach its present h^gl,
position among the universities of the world by priv.-u.
munificence. With a teaching staff of over ,80 profL- .r.
ecturers and demonstrators, it affords advanced instru • n
to about 1,150 students in all the branches of higher urn -
city w^rk. -.Arts Science-Pure and Applied-Law a..!
Medicine. A Railway Department is being established

■j-

i (5

'■'

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ill connection with the Facultv of Applied Science, and a
Dental Department in connection with the Faculty of
Medicine. It opens its courses in Arts and Pure Science
to women on eijual terms with men. and ^jrants dcprees
nf n.A.. M.A.. n..Sc., M..Sc.. D.Sc. D.I.itt.. I'..C.I,., D.l .1...
M.I). and CM. The nndcrjjradnate course in Arts, .\pplied
Science and Medicine, extends over four years; in l.aw,
iiver three years. The hnil''inKS i4 the university occupy
a beautifid site in the Cii of Montreal, and its unrivalled
l.dM)ratories and e(|uipment for research work, particularly
m the Departments of Medicine, Biolopy, Physics, Chcmi.v
iiy, Civil, Mechanical and F.lectrital Fnnineerinj;, and
.Mining; and Metallurgy, are attraclin}>; students from all
parts of the world. It possesses in aildition a beautiful
Library and Museum, and ha^ recently provided a mafjni-
ticent residential hall for its women-students, a step which
will shortly be followed by the erection of residential halls
fi.r men. The university extends its influence to schools
throughout Canada, and there are affiliated to it no less
than four theological and three other colleges, situated at
Ouebec, Stanstead. and Vancouver.

For general education the several i)rovinces allot a very
considerable portion of the public revenue. The ricneral
(lovernment spends several hundreil thousands dollars
•Tunually on the education rtf the Indian chihlren. The
lApenditure by the provinces for public schools in \qo2 was
|".7><7.<j57 <lollars, c(pial to $2.ot i)er head of the whole
|)<|)ulation.

Fxcepting in the I'mvince of British t'olumbia. the
people of the several provinces contribute towards Educa-
tion by direct taxation. Thus, of the total mentioned
above, the ("lOvernment grants amount to $3,651,036, equal
to nearly 34 per cent.

The grants by the several governments arc equal to
more than 25 per cent, of their total revenue.

To this extent the people and the governments co-
operate to provide the chihlren with educational facilities,
and this they have done for years.

» 'I

CAhfADIAN HANDBOOK.

Acconling to the latest returns there ,re « =«. t.,rh
connect, d with the p.thlic schools of CnnTh fi
por.^.o;wHon,.rere.n,es. L t"^^: ^Z!::i

re lemaies. m ,Sr^. 70 per cent.. an.I in trjot, 74 „er cent
nU,e cases „f Manitoba and the XnrthWest' vl ret
of h?i ^r""*"^"* -^'^'<^ f'e land. parlian,ent hv o
o he first Acts relating to the Xorthwe't aft.r ,1,.. '. ,„
l.ad been acr„„red. set apart two out of every ,6 section
of 640 acres each for school pttrpose.s.

wholly), the puhhc school, are divided on reli^ou^ line.

T 1 n . ""'' P'-"»'^''ta"t Separate Schools.

the sepa'rn^rpu;r'«rr"f • '•^•'^7 ^"^'''' -'' --"-' -■"

rnhlfcSL *^ • ^'^'^- -^"^^ ^'^•^''> •" »'- General

In Jheta^^h!::.::^;;:';:^ '- -- — i-^Hn.
^...nofProtesta.:^j?:r;-,::.--,;^-

In the other provinces the education laws recorni^e n,.
< ivision on those lines. '^'^''nm/.c n..

IX.

CRIMF IN CANADA.
D'Tinp the twentv-seven veirs ,8^/-

frivinp: certain particulars resi.ertmcr • *^*"'""'

Tl.e classificatic, adopted is tl.f n-noni .„„ , ?
»Me offe„„. and .„„,.,|;„ eonvi ,^ "' Z'i'' ".'.t'

OT m.i,.r Magistralc and under the Speedy Trials Act.

CANAMAN IIAVrHUifiK. ->k

The statistics of the earlier yr.irs are not romplctr.
since the work was new to the ofTuials. Tic country has]
however, a body of fairly arctiratc statistic* relatinp to
crrmc ff>r the period i88,VK)02.

Thij,, tiK.njrh limitifl conipart-.l with the lone-Bath.-rerl
statistics of crime in many other cnntrics. possesses value
in enaWinp m to determine the position ,.! fanarla in re-
spect to crime.

Taking, however, the period 18.^1-100.' for onr jMiid-
ance thfoiiRh the lahyrinths of crimina'iM ^ve have fo- the
twelve years ^^i.Rj^^ convictions for in.liciahir an-l o<hcr
otTences. Of these 12 per cent, were for offences against
the person; ti.8 per cent, for offonccs .i-ainst property
.Vy P" cent, for drunkenness, nn ! ,5 p. r .onf. for ether
iTimev and misdemeanors, larg.h nff. -,r,s against order.

These totals show a vcarlv nv. ra^,- of ;8.5ro en u tinns
for offences of all kinds. In tlu year t., ,.- ih. convict;, .ns
^vere 43.5.^6. Both absohitciv an.! rHativrl- to P. nidation
punished crime in 1002 was liigher than in 1901 or in any
previous year of the period under rcvitnv. i:„t takin-
into account the great development of our mining popula-
tion, this is not to he wondered at.

Of the 461,823 convictions. 62.866 were for indictable
offences the charges numbering 01,123; so that convictions
formed 68.0 per cent, of the charges. This approximates
closely to the ratio of the two countries from which the
great bulk of our population springs.

In the first three years of the period under review the
charges made of crimes anri misdemeanors committed in
connection with indictable offences averaged 6.266 a vear
In the last three years they averaged 8.416. showing an
jncrease in charges of indictable offences of 34.3 per cent
I he convictions consequent on these charges averaged
4.215 and 5.722 respectively, an increase of 35.7 per cent
Convictions, therefore, increased at a greater rate than
charges, showing either more care in preferring the charges,
or stricter administration of the laws, or both.

1^^

> i

■'!

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Males convicted of indict.ible oflfenccs averafjed 3,01,^
in the first three years and 5,360 in the last three years of
the 12-year period, while females averaped 305 in the first,
and 328 in the last term of three years. The proportion
of the sexes in the first three-year period was 928 men to
72 women. Tn the fourth three-year period it was 945
men to 55 women. The proportion of w<<men criminal-
is becominp less.

The number of persons convicted for the first time in
the first three years of the 13-year period averaped 3,^/)-'.
and in the la.st three-year term, 4,491. Relatively, these
criminals were 85 per cent, of the total convictions in th(
first three years and 79 per cent, in the last three years.

Recidivists have increased, those convicted rcpeatedh
forming 9.3 per cent, of the convicted in the last three year-
of the 13-year period, against 5.1 per cent, in the first throt
years; and those convicted twice forming 11.7 per cent.,
against 7.38. The increase is largely in the mining pro-
'•'nces of Nova Scotia and Uritish Columbia and in tin
Province of Quebec.

.According to occupations, the statistics warrant the fol
lowMig conclusions: ist, that, compared with their num-
bers, the agricultural cla.ss contribute a very small percent-
age to the criminal cla.ss; 2nd. that the commercial clas<
commit, more than their proportionate numbers warrant,
crimes under the heads of offences against the per.son, and
forgerv. and oflfenccs against the currency; 3rd. that th«
domestic class commit crimes just about proportionately t^ >
their numbers; 4th. that the industrial class have less than
their proportion in all the six di^'isions of crime except in
oflfenccs again.st property with violence, where they slighth
exceed their proportion ; 5th, that the professional clas-
have a much lower percentage of criminals than tlieir pro
jiortionatc share in the occupations would give; 6th, thai
labourers contribute more than their .share to every clas-
of crime, their percentages being — crime 38.3 per cent. :
population, 12 per cent. With respect to this latter clas-..

%&.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

I' IS true, however, that the f.ropf.rtion of crime belonging
tc. them IS so*newhat less than it was. the first three-year
period giving tfaeni 39.7 per cent, of the crime.

About 70 per cent, of the convictetl wer« born in Canada.
As the native population is 87 per cent, of the whole popu-
lation, the criminals in Canada born outside of the Domi-
nion are more numerous relatively than the native-born,
forming but 13 per cent, of the population an<l supplying
3c per cent, of the criminals.

Those unable to read and write formed 20 per cent, of
tiie criminals in the 1891-3 period and 12.3 per cent, in the
n;oo-i-2 period; those possessed of an elementary cluca-
tion were 71 per cent, of the whole in the first period aa&d
■;•] per cent, in the second: and those having a superior
education 2 per cent. These percentages are about the
same as the proportions of persons unable to r- ad or write
and of persons having the ability, to the whoiV pcpuIatkMi.
Cities and towns furnish J-; per ceat. of the criminal
("ipulation of Canada, and the uf'oan j*opulation is only
Jii per cent, of the whole populatif^n.

The total number of persons charged with murder dur-
ing the 23 (1880- 1903) years is 589, and the convictions
numbered 209. The acquittals were 64.5 per cent, of the
charges. In the United Kingdom, France, Germany,
Hungary, Italy, Spain, and Belgium, taken together, the
acquittals are 64 per cent, of the charges in the ca.se of the
crime of murder.

In the same period there were 132 charges (A attempts
to murder. These resulted in 70 convictions, sli"*'ing that
tlic acquittals were 47 per cent, of the charges.

Of those convicted of murder, 127 were executed, the
uthers being sentenced to imprisonment for life.

Drunkenness is strictly dealt with by the courts, the
ccnintry having, as a whole, a strongly expressed sentiment
against drunkenness.

There has been a slight increase in the number of arrests
and convictions on account of drunkenness, the anu'ia!
average of the three years i8<)i-2-3 being 12,056, and tliat

Ji|; I

" CANADIAN HANDBfX>K.

of the tliret; years 1900-1-.^ being 1^,755. Taken in j^roupv
Ml the hrst period there was one person convicted of
drunkenness in each group of 406 of the whole populati.,-
anrl in tlu' lrist-inentione<I period (1891-2-3) one in ea.i
group of 421, so that the increase in the convictions ftP
Ifehind the increase in population.

The amount of spirituous licjuors. including wine an !
^>eer, consumed in Canada during the period 1891-2-3 avcr
aged 4.3J gallons (Imperial) per head of the population
The average of the three years 1901-2-3 was 5.75 gallon^
In the first i)eriod the average annual quantity of beer con
sumcd per head was 3.60 gallons, atid in 1901-2-3 it w„
4.85 gallons, the consumption of spirits increasing from
.73 gallons to .81.

All the foregoing statements serve to show that the
authorities charged with the maintenance of law and ord. r
in Canada have the people weM in hand, and thait the peo[.l
born in the cotintry h*ve less disposition to break int .
• rime than the foreign population that finds its way int .
the Dominion.

Tt is, therefore, a gofid country for peaceable, law-abi.
ing people to come to.

INDUSTRIES OF CANADA.

Dividing the industries of the country into the extr.-u
tive and the constructive, wc find that in the extractiv. in-
dustries of the country about 1,400 persons are engaged ..,
every group of 10,000 persons and about 800 in tlu-
mechanical.

The development of Canada follows closely the en
t.nental lines, especially in the proportion of persons ,n
tnt yre.it divisions of labour.

CANADIAN FIANnUcjoK.

•S

I KRSONS IN KaCH lO.OlHK'.ROri'

Engagkd in

s i

a«

■a a
2 •«

•2

* i

ij 1

s o

— 1

tITo

I.TH

1,377, l.rv.'l

1,529

3!f.'

l.lfS.i

875 ' 7»;(i

791

444

439

5:il

:»)>

;«»)

28»i

2s:!

131

1 S!0

6l'l

(il4

6Vt6

soft

AK'riculture | i,(j()o

liidustrv and Mioes } l,(i(M)

Traile »nd Transportatiofi 452

i'mfesHiooal 15;{

N rvants ;>5jj

It wil! be seen tliat the development of Canada is closely
al'.ngr continental lines, and that in 1890 the divisions of
'.(hour corresponded very inlimately to those of the United
~'ates 111 1880. es]>erially in the extractive and mechanical

industries.

Agriculture.

In the s.ih.Iiviv.on of Agriculture, Canada takes high
nnik.

She has a fertile soil, a good climate, easy methods of
•'aiisportation, and other characteristics which give her
I re-eminence as a raiser of stock and grower of wheat and
■ith.r cereals >J the highest quality.

A i>rief statefnent of the agricultural capabilities of each
"f the provinces ix all that cm be given.

Prince Edward Mnu<\ has an area of j,ioo square miles,
4<TO,oofi acres. Of ebat area 1,194,500 acres were occupied,'
tn.i 726,^85 acres improved in 1000. (Ji the total, 447,737
re under crop, 3.713 a- -• «; in orchards and gardens,
-'.^4741 acres in pasture, and 350,366 in woodland and
I'Ttst. Practically 40 per cent, under crop, 30 per cent, in
u "xlland and forest, and 24 per cent, in pasture. Dr.
launders, chief director of the e-xperifiienta! farms, says :—
I lu- islantl has a moist, ctjol climate in summer. The
t'tal precipitation in rain and snow is from 35 to 40 inches.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Ihe soil IS loamy and fertile. Until recently the chief
farm products were oats, wheat, and potatoes, and smaller
proportions of barley and buckwheat. Turnips and hav
are also unportant crops. Cattle and sheep are kept in
increasmg numbers. Eggs also are produced in consider
able quantities. Of recent years the farmers of the island
have directed their attention to dairy products with great
success, and during ten years have increased the annual
value of their output of butter and cheese by nearK
$590,000.

Nova Scotia has an area of 13,483.671 acres; 5,080,90..
acres are occupied. Of these, over 2.800,000 are woodlan.l
and forest; 730,146 acres are in crop, 1,135,246 acres in
pasture, and 35,000 acres in orchards.

The principal crops in this province are oats, potatoes,
barley, buckwheat, and hay.

The trade in cattle, sheep and swine is large, and Jic
yearly output of cheese and butter has been much increase. 1
of recent years.

Fruit growing has also developed within recent time,
to a remarkable degree. The Annapolis and Cornwalli.
valleys are specially adapted by climate and situation for
the growth of large fruits, and the choicest sorts of apples
pears, plums, and cherries are produced in abundance. In
these valleys there are 450 square miles of land, every pari
of which is eminently suitable for fruit growing. Durini,'
late years the output of apples for export has been from
half to three-quarters of a million barrels. The total num-
ber of apple trees in the province in 1901 was 1,975,575.

The development in cheese and butter making in seen
in the fact that during the past ten years the number of
cheese and butter factories has more than doubled.

Xew Brunswick, which adjoins Prince Edward Island
and Nova Scotia, has an area of 17.863.000 acres, of which
4,443,400 are occupied. Of the occupied land i,8<)7,4i;
acres are under crop, 68(j,68f in pasture, 2,561,51)0 woodland
and forest, and 8.»)00 acres in orchards and gardens.

lk.r>y

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Much of the land is rich anH fertile, and when well cul-
tivated yields good crops of grain.

Professor Johnston, F.R.S.. of England, carci'iilly ex-
amined into the capabilities of the soil of New Brunswick,
and reported : —

"1st. 'Ilif soil of N\w Uniiiswiik is capable of producing
food for a population of five or six millions, and. In the
capability of growing all the common crops on which man
and beast depend the whole province, taken together, ex-
ceeds the most favored parts of New York State. 3rd.
The climate is an exceedingly healthy one, and it does not
prevent the soil from producing crops which, other things
!)cing equal, are not inferior in (|uality or quantity to those
of average .soils in England."

Considerable attention has been given in recent years
to dairying. During 10 years the cheese factories and
creameries have increased from in to 68, most of the in-
crease being due to development in the past five or six
years.

The Province of Quebec has a laud area of over 218,000,-
(XX5 of acres, of which more than one-half is in forest and
woofiland. The surface is very varied, with ridgCi: of
mountains and lofty hills, diversified with rivers and lakes.
About 22 1-2 million acres have been alienated by the
Crown — one-half as seignorial concessions and one-half to
individuals. The climate varies much in diflferent parts
of the province, but the winter weather is steady and the
atmosphere clear and bracing, with a good depth of snow,
which gives excellent sleighing. The summer is warm
and j)!easant. and vegetation advances rapidly. Much of
the country is well adapter! for farming, the soil being
Inamy and fertile. The principal cereal crops are nats,
Iieas. buckwheat, barley, rye, and maize. Potatoes and
turnips are largely grown. Cattle are kept in increasing
numbers, the number of milch cows beinjr greater in 1891,
.ucording to the census of that year, than in 1871 by 35
I'T cent., and in 1901 greater than in 1891 by 40 per cent.

j. ^

i fi

;; I

C\NADIAN HANtUiOOK.

lobacco 15 an important crop in thr province. Fniit-
nrc fjrt.un rca.iily in some of the n...rc /avor<-<! district-
and tlicrc are many K.vifl orchards in tlic vail. ^ of the Si
F.awroncc. Xowluro docs the celebrated Famcusc appl.
reach ,„ ^^reat perfection as on tlic island of Mui.trca'
when also many varieties of pears and nlnmsof fine flav..,,
are Rr-un. hi the l':a>tcrn 'iownships fruit frrowinK -
carried on to a cr.nsiderable extent.

As in the other provin.v>, ... i„ Onehcc resp.ctini:
'lairMnp. ttpon vvhi.li much aiU nti-.t, l,as been bestowcil
.hiring' the past ten years. in iSSr Ouebec had 140 chees,
factoru's and .•_. crcanieri.s. I,. ,s.,i .she had 617 rhee-
factories and 111 creameries. Tn i.^oi tlur,- were 1,9^)2, i
•ill. showinj; an increase of i.j/,4 fact- rj^., while the va'hi.
■>f products increase<l in the ten years from Sj.-mS.ooo t-
~''-f<74..?7<>- The i)rovince has tiie larRest btifur fa.
lories in the Dominion.

-Ontario has a land area of ?4.',ooo,(xx) acres (j.-mmh,
square miles), over ioo..k)o scpiare miles beinp forest at!
vvoo.lland. |!y the census the total of improved lands i..
th. province was i^.2C^<>.x^^ acres, of which .).2i3.fx)i, w.v.
""<ler crops : 5.348.. 80 acres were in pasture, and 332,.k.u
acres ni gardens and orcli mis.

Ontario has a preat variety of climate, the e.xtrenu-
loth of winter
lakes.

and siiininer being tem|)ered by the gre;

The following are tl

e principal crops of u)02, with th

(piantity of each |)rodiu ed. lajng the average of
Wheat, 2r>.(XKv 00 bushels; ,,at

.'3 vears :

s, 7->.4i2,ooo bushels;

M .800,000 bushels: peas. i3,55o,(x)o bushels; barl

mai/f

V*<().(KK) bushel

s; potatoes, 18.230.000 bushels; turn

ey.

il>s.

ofo.ofxi bushels; mangel wurtzels, ir,,cK)0.(x» busheb
rots. 3,6oo.tKX3 bushels. The crop of hav

."I.I-

3.500.000 t.ms.

and clover ua~

The crops for i<k)3 were':- Wheat. .'i..kx),ooo buslui:-

l.arli

heans,

J4.380
78.246 ;

.000: oats.

1 10.228.103; peas, 8.024.6;

rye, 2,070,768; br..kwheat.

2,04<),l6<;

1 1

:t i

CANADIAN HANDIUlOK.

potatoes, 16,676,447; carrots, 2,612,778; matifjols. 41.768.-
jyi\ turnips, 69,31^,341; corn, 20,287,888: hay and clover.
4,336,562 tons.

Kcducinfj the crops to tons, the n-sult is an annual
.iveragc of 11. 714.112 tons during twenty-two years (i88j-
iri03) and a cn.p f)f 15,177,572 tons for KJ03. showing an
increase of 30 per cent., and indicatinp that Ontario is a
^:ood farming country, and is iniproving as such year by
year.

Fruit is grown to a very large extent in this province.
The area in orchard, garden and vineyard given in the
ii-nsus return.'! was 338.(xx) acres.

Frtmi these were jjathered 23.i57,ofX) pounds of grapes
;ind I3,63I,0(X) bushels of apples, 540,000 bushels of peaches,
md about a million bushels of pears, plums and other fruits.

'1 he succeeding years have seen very considerahle de-
velopment in fruit culture. The vidd of apples in 1903
was 43,7(X),ooo bushels, and there wt re over 7,000,000 apple
trees of bearing age, and nearly 2,000,000 not yet of bear-
ing age.

The vineyards increased from 5.000 acres in 1890 to
15.269 in 1903.

In the Niagara peninsula and along the shores of the
western part ("f Lake Erie peaches are successful, over a
million and a quarter peach trees being planted.

Tomatoes are extensively grown, and the fruit canning
Itiisincss has developed into a large and flourishing industry.

Reccsitly attention has been given to cultivation of
' il>acco, and it has been demonstrated that Canada will
nt ed but little of the weed beyond that grown in her own

I 'orders.

The live stock of the province also shows an increase,
tiiilih cows having increased in 1903 over 1899 by 75.634,
.111(1 numbering in the latter year 1.050,108. Other horned
inttle (not oxeij) increased by 280,756, from 1.342,614 in
iSr^Q. Swine increased considerably, but the rapidly grow-

MiaoCOfV RESOWTION TBI CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

J /APPLIED \M/V3E I

K '653 EqsI Moin Street

'i» Roctiester. New York U609 USA

^ (716) 482 - 0300 - Phone

S (''6) 288-5989 - Fo«

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ing demand for Canadian bacon has prevented a great in-
crease. Sheep have not held their own. though conditions
are most favourable for this industry.

beJnZr'rtZ:! ?'7 "*"l" '''' development has
Hshed L «cc ^"^f^^t'^'-y "taking cheese was estah-

n iSo I '7' ;r°"' "'' f "*^' •" ^«S6 and a third
«n I860. In 1871 the province had 323 cheese factories and

a total of 574 !„ jSgi 45 creameries and 893 cheese fac
tones, a total of 938. In 1901 there were 2S creameries
and X X67 cheese factories, a total of 1.453 establishments

I he number does not tell all the tale, the later factories
bemg larger and better equipped than the earlier ones

Adjoining the western extremity of Ontario is the Pro

vmce of Man toba. with an area of over 47 million acres"

rhe surface as somewhat level, with stretches of praTr L

intersected here and there bv wide vallevs in °. .P, ^'

small rivers and streams, the banks of t?: i^^ ^ '""

more or less fringed with^ree?"Ll ^ ^L ^

the whole prov nee is fnrpcf ^„a „, . ^ ^ ^" °'

.«rt r.t 4.U ^ .,.^ '^ sorest and woodland. The m-eatpr

Z^^;^:^^ 't,:t'-' r- -'^^ -getabier:;:

bushels, according to the staLe^fs of 2 r ^^'"^'"^
officials. Oats fielded 3"c^r"u e ^r?m^^;:^:^

H.v'?'^ l''i^ °^ P°*^*°" '' '^'^^' ^"^ considerable area is

re7 fnd ve v'cld^'^ '^TV' "^^"'^^^^ '« warm i^u:!
\\ZZ "^"'^ '^'^ '" ^'"t^"-. b"t the air is dry and bracing
Wmter usually sets in by the latter part of NovemberTnd
■s nearly over by the end of March, although froTtsoccu
frequently at nights for several weeks later.

The quantities of cheese and butter made in the pro-
vince have increased very much. I„ ,881 there were „o
returns of cheese factories or creameries.. I„ iggr there
were reported 8 creameries and 23 cheese factorieTand"

MoiNT Sir Donald, Banff, Ai.bkrta

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

iQOi, 26 creameries and 43 cheese factories— a condition
which indicates a development of more than twice that of
1891.

The indications all point to Manitoba becoming a great
cattle raising region.

Westward f-om Manitoba are the four provisional terri-
tories of the Canadian Xorthwcst. Assiniboia has a total
area of 88,880 square miles; Saskatchewan of 107,618 square
miles; Alberta, 101,883, and Athabasca, 251,965 square
miles.

These great divisions, extending from the western
boundary of Manitoba to the Rocky Mountains, are partly
traversed by railways, which have opened up the country
for settlement. A comparatively small population is
scattered over this immense area, containing over 350,000,-
000 acres, a large portion of which could be utilized for
farming purposes.

To 1900 about 7,000,000 acres have been transferred to
farmers, and under r, 000,000 are occupied by ranches.
Settlement has gone on very rapidly during recent years.
The wheat produced in the Northwest Territories in 1902
was nearly 14,000,000 bushels.

Broad and level or rolling plains characterize the Terri-
tories along their southern boundaries, and a wide belt lying
north of the 49th parallel, extending from about the 102nd
parallel of west longitude to the base of the Rocky Moun-
tains, has a dry climate, caused probably by the hot winds
which blow northward from the great American desert.
This portion of the Territories is estimated to contain
neariy 65,000,000 acres. The soil of this more or less arid
region is, as a whole, of a very fertile character, consisting
mainly of a rich alluvial loam, broken in places by tracts of
sand and gravelly ridges. The annual rainfall over this dry
region varies at dififerent points from seven to fourteen
inches, the mean of the whole area being 9.50 inches, the
larger part of which falls in May, June and Tuly. With
some additional water, supplied by artificial means, much of
this land produces good crops. At the close of the season

I -li

I .-!

' •]

»0

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ot 1901 there were 170 irrigation ditches and canals in opera-

.on ,n southern Alberta and western Assiniboia. with a

total length of 470 miles. These have a carrying capacitj

ZuoTl ."' "T" '"-^''^ ''''''■ '^^'' '^^"'^-^ which hav^
fo lowed have been n,ost encouraging. There is now no

reason to doubt tlK.t through irrigation a large portion of
Alberta and Assin.boia will be rendered fruitful every year.
The following describes the irrigation operations of th.
ana.l,a„ Pac,fic Ry. Co-upany. The block of land is abou
three „i, hons of acres ,„ extent, lying east of Calgary. The
so,l in th.s vast area is first class, but during the greater
number of the years the rainfall is not sufficient to supplv
tlie needed quantity of transpiration to mature the crop^
1 he water for irrigation in this block is taken from the Bow
Kiver near Calgary in a main canal having a bed width of
60 feet and a water depth of 10 feet. This main canal is
about 20 miles long, and from it the water is distributed
through subsidiary canals, which will ultimately reach
several hun.Ired miles in length. About one-half of the
K.ock, or fifteen hundred thousand acres, can be irrigated
the remaining half being devoted to grazing and dairy
farming. ■'

Beyond the spent force of the hot currents of air, begin-
ning from 125 to 175 miles north of the International boun-
dary, immense districts, partly wooded and well watered

dmonr/ ' "^ f °'"] '' ^^°"^^^'-^""y "<^h and fertile, with con-'
d.tions favorable for mixed farming and especiallv for the
ra.sing of cattle and for dairying. There the' natural
gra.sses grow far more luxurianTly than on the open prairie
southward while the belts and clumps of woods [nte

condi^f "'? T'^'" "' °P^" ^°""^'->'' ■''ff-^ favourab e
conditions for he growing of grain, with good shelter fo

stock. The climate ,n the Territories north of the dry belt

.s much like that of Manitoba, and spring opens about the

same time from the Red River to the Athabasca.

In 1881 the Northwest Territories had no creameries and
no cheese factories. In 1891 the census enumeration found

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

three creameries and four cheese factories. In 1900 there
were 23 crc-nieries and cheese factorier. with an output of
.Si2i,ooo.

Further information about the Northwest Territories
can be obtained from the pamphlets published by the De-
partment of Interior, Ottawa, Canada.

British Columbia, the Pacific Ocean Province of the
Donn'nion, is 372,630 square miles in extent. West of the
coast ran^o the climate is mild and genial, much like that of
many parts of England, where the holly, laurel, rhododen-
dron and the yew flourish with the apple, pear, plum, cherry
and in some districts the peach and grape. In those parts
of the province between the Coast range and the Rockies
are many fine valleys, more or less utilized for farming and
ranching. In some of these the rain-fall is not sufficient to
admit of the successful cultivation of crops without irriga-
tion ; there are, however, many mountain streams available
.ui- this purpose, and on some of the ranches very fine crops
of grain are grown, and excellent fruits, especially apples.
The farm lands occupied amount to one and a half million
acres, and the fruit trees planted include 220,684 apple trees
of bearing age, the total of all kinds being 567,762 trees.

Fisheries.

The second of the extractive industries mentioned on
page 82 is the fisheries. These arc the largest in the world,
embracing over 5,6015 miles of sea coast on the Atlantic and
7.080 on the Pacific Oceans, in addition to inland seas, in-
numerable lakes and a great number of rivers.

With regard to their value, .statistics prove it to be fully
ill proportion to their extent. The products of our fisheries,
exported and sold on the Dominion markets in 1902,
amounted to $22,000,000 ; but this by no means represents
(lie value of the total catch, for in Canada the home con-
sumption is very great— 100 pounds er inhabitant being
calculated to 30 pounds in England. As the fisheries ex-
tend throughout the length and brea.lth of the Dominion.

H ^

•• CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

almost every settler is afforded an opportunity for catching
fish for domestic use. This renders it impossible to rive
full returns of the whole catch. It is approximately esti-
mated that the value of the home consumption last year was
? 1 3.000.000, giving a total of thirty-seven million dollars as
the yield, exclusive of the catch by foreign fishermen.

Professor Prince has summarized the fisheries of
Canada :

(i) The Atlantic division from the Bay of Fundy to the
Coast of Labrador, embracing deep sea and inshore fisher-
ies, cod, mackerel, haddock, halibut, herring, hake, lobster,
oyster, seal and white whale fisheries. Annual value
$12,000,000.

(2) The estuarine and inland waters of Nova Scotia,
New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island and Quebec, includ-
ing fisheries for salmon, shad, gaspereaux, striped bass,
smelt, and (in the lakes) land-locked salmon, lake trout,
maskinonge, etc., of the annual value of $2,500,000.

(3) The great lakes of the St. Lawrence and tributary
waters. Lake whitefish, great lake trout, lesser whitefish,
sturgeon, pike, perch (pickerel), black bass, brook trout,
maskinonge, pike and numerous carps. Value, $2,500,000.

(4) Great Northwest lakes, including Manitoba, yield-
ing lake white fish, sturgeon, pike, perch, tullibee, pike and
gold eye. Value, including newly developed caviere and
sturgeon sounds industries, $1,000,000.

(5) Pacific interior or Rocky Mountain plateau, com-
prising little developed fisheries, land-locked Pacific salmon,
lake white fish, lake trout, river trout, and numerous cypri-
nnids. none of them indentica! with eastern species.

(6) Pacific Coast fisheries. Halibut, black cod, oolachan,
anchovy, herring, smelt, and at least seven different species
of Pacific salmon abound.

(7) Hudson Bay and peri-Arctic area. Whale, walrus
sea-trout, pike, sturgeon and possiblv salmon, cod and shad
occur in these vast waters, Hudson Bay being an immense
pocket 1,000 miles in length and 600 in width. The richest
whaling grounds in the world are in this region.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. «3

OFFXciAi. Valuation ok tiik V1..1.1. oh thk Hishkkiks hv J'RoviNtKs:

I'KOVINCR

1892

Nova Scotia.. « (l.;MO,724

New Brunswick 1 3 o^-j )»•'•>

Prince Kdwanl Island "" I'lT't's^T

British Columbia ■;::;■ 2;849;484

Uueliec .1 o3(j 730

Ontario '. ' ' H'oli^'lOS

Manitoba anil Northwest Territories ? 08h'254

Total

1902

7 351,753
;i,'.»l?,5U
887.024
6,284,824
2,05<m:5
1.2H5,7(Hi
l,li«,487

118,941,171 lt21,95(),43,T

The values of the yiehj of some of the principal fish in
1902 are.— Cod, $4,015,978; Herring, $1,723,098; Lobsters.
$3,133,737 ; Salmon, $4..135,040 ; Mackerel, $839,368 ; Had-
dock, $599,237; Trout, $637,210 ; Sardines, $382,326; White-
fish, $810,873 ; Sturgeon, $575,441. _

Thk Destination and Vam-k ok Canadian Fish Kxporis
KOR 189.'i \ND 190:1.

Name ok Country j 1893

United States $3,504,2a5

British Empire 3,559,67:1

South and Central America 411,806

Italy 86,88H

'est Imiies other than British 98(),801

^ortugal ,il,936

''■■auce 125,18'J

orway and Sweden

Other countries 6*563

Total ; $8,743,aT0

1903

775,815
•.'l:!,456
t)ti6,271

i29,;w:{

782,470
91,212

7a{,138
61,479

377,021

$I1,H(X),1!»5

Much attention has of late years been given to the devel-
opment of the fisheries. The Federal Government has
granted a vearly sum of $150,000 or $160,000 as a bounty, to
be divided among the vessels, boats and men engaged in the
prosecution of the fisheries. The results which have fol-
lowed the policy are an increase in the number and a great
improvement in the build and outfit of the fishing vessels.

!
J

■a .

3i
1

i
I

»* CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

In 1885, after the system had been in operation a couple
01 years, tlic number of men enga>,'ed in the fishing industry
was 59,49J, the number ot vessels 1,177. witli a tcmnagc of
48,728 tons and a value of $2,021 ,633. The number of boat^
was 28,47.', with a value of $852,257 ; t!ie number of fathoms
of nets used was 3,014,384 and their value $i,2i«^,284. The
total value of vessels, boats, nets, weirs, lobster traps, fish-
houses, i)iers, sailing and steam smacks, connected with the
fisheries amounting to $6,rx>7,45Q. In 1902 the number of
men was 77,801 ; of vessels 1,296 ; tonnage 40,888 ; number
of boats 41.667, and fathoms of nets, 5,623,700, the total
amount invested being $ii,305,<(5(;.

The number of men employed increased by one-third.
The tonnage of the vessels and the number increased some-
what. The number of boats increased by over 46 per cent.,
and tl. value of the plant used in connection with fishing
increased by about 70 per cent.

The number of men employed in vessels decreased by
416 ; the number of men employed in boats increased by
15-396.

T:.e development therefore has been in the direction of
boat fishing.

The Dominion Government has provided fish breeding
establishments, of which there are 16 in different parts of
the country. From these, since 1874, when t' - policy of
developing the fisheries by means of these estao.ishments
was expanded, there have been 3,391 million of fry distri-
buted—an annual average of 117 million. During the five
years, 1894-98, the annual distribution averaged 231 million.

The distribution has consisted of white fish, lobster,
.Atlantic salmon, Great Lake trout and sockeyc salmon.

The frj- distributed in 1902 consisted of salmon . . . 2t),2.i5,000

Lake trout 2,500,000

Lakewhitefish 108,000,000

Lobsters 120,000,000

Considerable attention is given to the cultivation of the
oyster, and everything possible is done to maintain and
expand the fisheries of Canada.

CANADIAN HANDHOOK.

An intelligence bureau, with 35 reporting stations dis-
tributed along the coast <.f the Maritime Provinces, gives
timely warning to the rtshennen of a strike in of fish, of the
weather, and of otlipr faits early informatiuii about which
is import.'iiii to success.

Bait did stor. ft 's also provided, and has orovcfl a
success in the Province of Nova Scotia and on Prince
Edward Island.

Lumber Industry.

The third great industry mentioned is the hunbering.

The forests of Eastern Canada formerly extended in an
almost unbroken stretch from the Atlantic Ocean to the
head of Lake Superior, a distance of over 2,000 miles.

The great plains of the Northwest always, within the
memory of man, have been sparsely lumbered. On the
Pacific slopes of the Rocky Mountains, down to the shores
of the ocean, there are mammoth trees that can favorably
compare with the growth of any region on the globe. From
the earliest days of its occupation by the French, the forest
wealth of the country washed by the St. Lawrence River
engaged the attention of the Home Governments, who saw
therein vast resources available for their naval yards, and
they drew from these forests large numbers of masts and
spars and issued stringent regulations for the preservation'
01 the standing oak.

When the country was ceded to the B-itish Government
but litt. ttention was at first paid to its vast lumber
supply, , .ng to the fact that almost the whole of the Baltic
trade was carried in British bottoms, and that the lumber
of Northern Europe provided an unfailing and : profitable
return freight for the shipping thus engaged. When, how-
ever, the troubles of the Napoleonic era began, and especi-
ally when the continental blockade was enforced, the lumber
supplies of t'-e Baltic became uncertain and insufficient.
It was then that ihe lumber importers of Great Britain
turned their attentior to tho Nohh American colonies, and
found there not onlj all the lumber they required, but

f^l

** CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ucciipation for ti.e va-st fleet ..f vessels IviiiK imemploycd
in tlicir harbnrs. Tlu.s sve find that, while ir the year
iS«J<> ..Illy some j/nro l..a.ls (e<|iial to 5^ tons) of lumber
rcaihfd f ,reat ISritain. in 1810 there were 125.300 loads, and
in i8j() about 3o8,cxk) loads.

When the war dntios inipos*.! on wood of Eiiropcin
k'rowth were j^radnaliy rediieed it was feared that the
Canadian pn.dnct would no lotiper be able to hnki its posi-
tion in the KnRlish market, handicapped as it was by the
short season of navijfation and the heavy charges for ocean
freight and instiraiue then current. These fears, however,
proved gMundlcss, as the following figures show:—

1850 exported to the United Kingdom 1,052,817 loads.
1859 " " " 1,248,069 "

1872 " •• " 1,211,772 ••

1881 '• •• " 1,30,301 "

1891 " '• " 1.044,641 "

•902 • " " 1,733.291 "

These figures represent years of normal trade; for the
timber trade, like every other, has its periods of depression
and inflation.

A noticeable feature in these returns is the steady de-
cline in the quantity of square timber exported to England
and a corresponding increase in the quantity of sawn or
manufactured woods. Thus in the first year of Confedera-
tion (i8r)7) tlic exj) 1) ts of tiiuhcr from Canada formed 42
per i-ent. of the exponed timber and manufactured wood.
In 1902 it formed but 7 per cent, of the two classes.

This is entirely in favour of the Canadian limit-holder
and his employees, the greater labour expended on the
manufac*- • being beneficial both to the capital and to the
lab -.ir ... .mada.

During the early part of the century the export lumber
trade of Canada was confined to the I'nited Kingdom and
the West Indies. A great change, however, has taken
place. The pine lands of the North Eastern and Western

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. 07

States of the United States have become depleted and un-
able to meet the requirements of the trade in those States.
The result is that the resources of Canada have been drawn
upon to such an extent that during the period of Confedera-
tion (1868-1903) the exports to the United States form a
total of 362 million dollars, an average of $10,000,000 a year,
the average of the first ten years being $8,100,000, and for
the last $13,900,000; showing an increasing reliance upon
the forest wealth of Canada.

Timber was long the staple article of Canada's export
trade, but with the development of the country it now
ranks after the products of the farm.

Taking logs, lumber and other products of the forest,
the total exports in 1868 amounted to $18,800,000, and in
1903 to $36,430,000. In the same years the exports of
Canadian farm products increased from $19,700,000 to
$114,500,000.

While the lumber interest does not occupy, relatively,
the important position it did in the export trade of the
country, it yet forms an important addition to the revenues
and wealth of the country. In addition to the very large
sums invested in timber limits, the capital invested in saw-
mills and in other industries having wood for their chief
raw material, amounts to nearly $120,000,000, paying wages
of over thirty million dollars a year and having an annual
output of one hundred and twenty-five million dollars.

The forest wealth of Canada is very great. Taken with
exports, the per capita consumption is about 300 cubic feet
a year. For many years the pine saw logs floated down
to and past Ottawa on the Ottawa River have numbered
nearly four million annually. The production in the census
year npi of logs, ])ine, spruce and other, was 33,538,000
standard logs — each having 100 feet board measure. The
total value of the raw products of the forest in the census
year i8<ji was over $80,000,000, or about $16 per head of
tlic population.

»8

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Since that census tlicrc has been practically a revolu-
tion in the lumbering industry, especially in the relative
value of spruce. The development of the demand for wood
pulp has given to Canada's spruce trees a value that, con-
sidering the vast area over which the spruce extends, is
largely beyond the value of the pine trees.

In pulp mills in 1891, Canada had invested about $2,800,-
000. In 1903 the amount invested was about $15,000,000.
The total pro.luction in 1801 was about $1,000,000. In
Vj02 the total value of the output was $4,383,182. Several
of the pulp mills have been transformed into paper making
establishments. Of the thirty-five mills, nine manufacture
sulphite pulp and four soda pulp, and four make both
chemical and mechanical.

The forests of Canada contain pine, spruce and hemlock,
oak, elm, maple, beech, birch, butternut, hickory, bassvvood.
cherry, etc. The area of distribution is large, nearly 38
per cent, of the whole area of Canada being forest ; larger,
therefore, than most of the countries of Europe, the forest
area of France being not more than 18 per cent, of the whole
area of France.

r.ritish Columbia is thought to possess the greatest com-
pact reserve of timber in the world. The coast, as far north
as Alaska, is heavily tini?)ered, the forest line following the
indents and river valleys and fringing the mountain sides
Ihe wooded area is estimated at 285,000 square miles, and
includes many kinds of timber. The Douglas spruce is
the show tree of British Columbia and indeed of Canada.

Of the 340 species of trees found on the North Ameri-
can Continent, 123 grow in Canada, 94 occurring east of the
Rocky Mountains and 29 on the Pacific coast.

In addition to the forest belt which is in the province,
of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Southern Quebec. Southern
Ontario, Manitoba and British Columbia, there is the great
NV.rthern forest of Canada which stretches from the Straits
of Belle-Isle round by the southern end of James

Bay, to

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. M

Alaska, a distance of about 4,000 miles, with a breadth of
some 700 miles. Of this northern fringe, Dr. Robert Bell,
Assistant Director of the Geological Survey, says : —

" This vast forest has everywhere the same character-
istics. The trees, as a rule, are not large, and they consist
essentially of the following nine species: — Black and
white spruce, Banksian i)ine, larch, balsam fir, aspen, balsam
poplar, canoe birch, bird cherry, white cedar, white and red
pine; black ash and rowan occur sparingly in the southern
part of this belt."

With such large areas of forest, Canadians in the past
have given little attention to reproduction, believing that
nature can hold her own against the forces of destruction.
The general conclusion is that the forces of protection and
reproduction are now practically as powerful as those of
destruction.

Dr. Bell, already quoted, says: —

" The dead trunks of the larger trees generally stand for
ninny years after a great fire. In the summer following
one of these conflagrations the blackened ground becomes
partly covered by a growth of herbaceous plants, berry
bushes and shoots from the roots and butts of deciduous
trees which have retained some vitality, besides numerous
small seedling trees. The huckleberry bushes, which are
very common for the first few years, especially on rocky,
silicious ground, bear abundant crops of fruit. They have
sprung from large old roots, which are almost everywhere
present in the thick woods, although their tops are quite
inconspicuous, and bear few or no berries. In 15 or 20
years the ground is covered with poplars, birches, willows,
etc., to a height of about thirtv feet. By this time the
ilcad trunks of the old brule have lost most of their branches
lid the smaller ones have fallen down. If we look under
this growth, we shall discover many healthy young conifers
overshadowed by the more rapidly growing deciduous trees.
At the end of about fifty years the conifers are everywhere

100

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

I :

showing their heads in the form of sharp apices, their dark
color contrasting strongly with the lighter shades of th.-
other trees. In the race to get above the deciduous trci^
they develop tall trunks with the branches high up. In
one hundred years the poplars are dying and falling down,
and the canoe-birch has attained maturity and soon afti r
shows signs of old age. Meantime the older conifers havr
overtoj)ped the other trees, and given a new character tu
the general appearance of the forest. The younger coni-
fers of various ages which have been springing up from
seed every year take possession of the ground left by the
decay of the first occupants, and in about 150 years the
forest has again become almost entirely coniferous. Sudi
is the rotation of crops of trees wliich is perpetually goiiij;
on in these regions. Perhaps one-third of the whole area
consists of ' second growths ' of less than 50 years, one-
third of trees from 50 to 100 years old, while the remaininif
third may be 100 years and upwards."

Mining.

The fourth great industry referred to on page 82 a<
extractive industries is that of mining. The census re-
turns give the number of miners employed in 1890 at 13,417,
exclusive of officials and quarrymen.

This was an increase of 6,876 over the number given hv
the census of 1881, and indicated a very great development
in the mining industries of the country. The census of
ifpi showed a still greater development in the mineral
wealth of the Dominion, the number of miners given bein?
38,077, not including those of the Yukon, where the minintr
population may be said to embrace one in every five of tlio
population.

Separated into provinces these miners were found ns
follows. In

1 1,
If !

CANADIAN HANDlif)OK.

101

1901

9,863

600

936

11,400

8,971

ite

6,120
1,0!U

:w,077

1891

4,591

5.6(50

1,034

1,534

474

Increase

l^ritisli Columbia

5,'J72

591

\ew Rrtiimwiole ••

839

Nova Scotia ....

5,740

Ontario .

7,937

3,586

North wf*Ht TiTritoriGH ■

617

Total

13,417

24,(560

The number of miners indicates with accuracy the por-
tions of the Dominion whose mineral wealth has been ex-
ploited and partially developed. Nova Scotia and British
Columbia have been for years pre-eminently the mining
sections, as will be seen from the fact that over 76 per cent.
of the miners found occupation in those two provinces in
1.S91. The census returns for 1901 indicate, however, that
the other provinces have made more rapid strides than the
two, since in 1901 they had over 41 per cent, of the miners,
as against ^>, 1-2 per cent, in 1891.

The development of mining since i8qi has been more
iai)id than previously. Greater care has been bestowed
on the management of the mines. Skill in administration
and skilled labor have been brought to bear upon the mining
itidustrv with important results. Thus, in 1888, the num-
Iht of tons of coal raised in Nova Scotia, per man employed,
v ar< 339, in 1894 it was 370 tons and in 1903 it was 473 tons.

The annual returns to the geological survey give the
value of the minerals produced in the Dominion since 1886.

The total since 1886, including 1903, amounts to $307,-
(-54,000.

The development may be judged by the average of three
year periods.

1886-88 Annual Average ?1 1 ,355,500

1889-91 •:" " 16,584,627

1892-94 " " 18,532,452

1895-97 " " 23,995,525

1898-01 " " 50,928,725

1902-03 (2 years) Annual Average 6;5,596,i;4

fANADlAX HANDBOOK.

Dividinp tlic t..i,,Is into metallic and non-metallic, w.
nave : —

1880-1888

Metallic o .,

■.'>,22r)

Non-Metallic . .".■.■.■. '. '. '. '. .' .' [ .' '. . .' ." ; " s,Kin,2H0

lSSO-1'

l!Si>2-18<,i4

4.()<).-),Hl-) : ».339,247
12,205,4K5 14,273,2(14

1895-1897

Metallic

Non-Metallic.

9,329,!»()9
14,41.-),(il0

189<(-l!tOI l',M)2-!!)():i

H7,3:t!,5«i!»

22,ti:;;i,724

34,r„so,:.,'-.-,
2(i,ll8,0:;,s

Since 1886-8 metallic have gained $32,405,360

Smce 1886-8 non-metallic have gained. .$20,287,758

The greate.st gain has been, therefore, in the output of
metallic mineral.s.

Of these the most important are:— Copper, which has
risen from an average value of $454,629 in 1886 to $5,728,-
267 in 1903: gold, from $1,202,563 to $18,834,490; lead, from
$12,230 to $762,660; nickel, from nothing to $5,026,000, and
silver from $317,932 to $1,700,779.

_ In the non-metallic group the greatest gains are :— Coal
trom $5,000,000 to $15,957,946; graphite from nothing to
$.',3,500; mica, from $29,677 to $159,473; natural gas, from
nothing to $268,000.

The mineral wealth of Canada is so great that an Ameri
ran authority, referring to i says :-" To particularize th.
undeveloped wealth of this northern land would require-
volumes."

As might be expected from her vast areas and from her
varied geological formations, Canada is marvellously rci,
m mmcrals, the chief of which of economic importance
according to the reports of the (Geological .Survev ir •'
classed as follows : — - • • '

CANADIAN HANDIiiKiK.

103

1. Metals and their Ores.

2. Minerals used in certain nianufactures.

3. Minerals used in Agriculture.

4. Minerals used as Pigments.

j;. Combustible and Carbonaceous materials.

6. Refractory minerals.

7. Minerals applicable to Building.

8. Minerals for grinding and polishing.

9. Minerals applicable to miscellaneous purposes.
Metals and their ores. — Sir William Dawson, writing

on the Iron and Coal of Nova Scotia, says : — " It is a remark
often made that the iron ores of Canada, rich and magni-
ficent though they are, suffer in their practical value on
account of their distance from the mineral fuel required in
so great quantity whenever smelting processes are under-
taken on a large scale. To a certain extent better means
of communication and larger and more economical working
mast remove this disadvantage. It should, however, be borne
in mind that the great iron deposits of Nova Scotia, equal in
extent and value to any others in the Dominion, are not so
situated ; but are in close proximity to some of the greatest
coal fields in the world."

During recent years business men have appreciated the
importance of the iron deposits of the eastern part of the
Dominion. Smelting works have been erected at a large
cost in Sydney, Cape Breton, in close proximity to the
famous coal areas and to the great limestone deposits of
the same island.

The active works in Canada are (i) the Xova Scotia
Steel Company's blast furnace of Ferrona, Nova S tia ;
(2) The Hamilton Steel and Iron Company; (3) The
Canada Iron Furnace Company, Midland ; (4) The Domi-
nion Iron and Steel Company's works at Sydney, Cape
Breton; (5) The Canada Iron Furnace Company, Radnor;
(6) Deseront > Iron Company's works ; (7) The Drummond-
ville Furnaces; (8) The Londonderry Nova Scotia Iron
Works. The united investment at these works amounts
to $35,000,000.

104

• ANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The Dominion, in iqoo, made and imported 167,169 tons
of pig iron, iron kentledge and scrap. Of this amount,
101,830 tons, or 61 per cent., were made in Canada. In
1902, the total quantity was 384,718 tons, of which 89 per
cent, was home made.

When Canada began seriously to develop the iron
wealth, she offered a bounty of $1.50 per ton upon all pig
iron manufactured in Canada. This was in 1883. Since
then vanous changes have been mado in the amount of
bounty and the method of its application. The result
however, is the gradual development of the iron industry!
In 1884 the imported pig iron was 64 per cent, of the whole
consumed. In 1902 the imported pig iron was only 11 per
cent, of the whole consumption.

Magnetic ores occur abundantly thrfuighout the several
counties of Ontario; and the Legislature of the province
has set aside the sum of $125,000 as an Iron Mining Fund
out of which the Provincial Treasurer is authorized to pay
?i.oo per ton of pig metal product of iron ores raised, mined
or smelted in Ontario.

Hematite iron ores are found in all parts of Canada.
C^eologically, Canada's hematites have a wide range in time
Ihey are found in the Laurentian, Huronian, Lower and
Upper Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Lia:. forma-
tions.

In New Brunswick large deposits of hematite ore are
found near Woodstock, and the iron produced is remark-
able for its great hardness and strength. When converted
into wrought iron, it is pronounced, on the authority of Sir
Wilham Fairbairn, to be specially adapted for the plating
of ironclad vessels. It is also admirably adapted for steel

Chromic Iron ores and Titanic iron ores are found in
different parts of Quebec. Since these chromic fields were
opened, there have been shipped about 12,000 tons of
chromite.

Limonite and botr iron ores are also widely distributed
Clay iron-stones are found in rocks of various ages in
all the provinces. Those of the Tertiary Age occur in the

«'ANAI>IAN HANI>IU)OK.

lOS

lignite-bearinfr strata, west of Red Rivet Of these, Dr.
(icorge M. Dawson, Director of the Geological Survey,
writes : — "Should these ores ever come to he workf<l, lime-
stone for use as a flux could be obtained in considerable
(|uantities from the boulders of silurian age w!.ich strew
the plains."

A score of miles up me St. Maurice River, P.Q., i= f.ac
a la Tort lie, a body of water 4 miles long by i 1-4 wide. It
occupies the centre of a large area of swamp land, largely
composed of sand. These sandy lands produce a rank
vegetation which, decaying, furnishes organic acids in solu-
tion in the waters draining into the lake. As these waters
percolate through the sand, they come in contact with the
iron rust in the sand, dissolve it and carry it into the lake.
The air in contact with the surface of the lake turns the
protosalt into a persalt, which, being insoluble in water,
forms a film upon the surface, and at length sinks to the
bottom, and there forms " cake " ore. This is gathered
and conveyed to the Radnor furnaces, and bein. smelted
with charcoal produces, when mixed with bog and magnetic
ores, a charcoal iron of the very best kind; of course, the
lake is constantly receiving fresh accretions of iron, the
chemical processes going on without cessation. It is thus
a continually replenished iron mine.

The iron ores of British Columbia are abundant; Dr.
Cicorge M. Dawson, C.M.G., describes the bed on Texada
Island as a very rich magnetic ore assaying 68.4 of iron,
and a very low percentage of phosphorus and other im-
purities, with only 20 miles of tho navigable waters of the
Strait of Georgia between it and the Comox coal field, and
both the iron and the coal close to the water's edge.

Lead. — The chief ore of lead found in Canada is the
sulphuret or galena. At Thunder Bay and the Nepigon
region to the north of Lake Superior very n'.imcrous and
valuable veins of ore are found.

lue

' A.wi.t.w ii.\.Nr>niK>K.

Tlie statisfirs .,f export siitrui.ntiv in.lii-.itc the extent
«.f the .Uvfloimunt aii.I tlu- i-n.vimis in wlii.li that ' vel-.i.
nicnt has taken place.

In rR.)() tlie i|nantity niine.l in Canada was 10.300 Ihs.
In iHt)oi-2 it lias risL-n to an average of nearly 70^000.000
ihs. In i«<^) the valne of lead and manufactures of lead
imported was !5i4j.58<). aii.I in k/)^ it was $164,392.

British Columbia is the preat source of lead for Canada.
It is there mined chiefly as an ore of silver. Small veins
occur in the Provinces of (Ontario, Nova Scotia and New
I'runswick.

(•oppcr.-i!,is occurs in Cana.la in the forms of native
-.r .Metallic copper and of the sulphuretted ores The
f.-rnur is confuu.l principally t.. the rocks of the upper
copper-bearing series tm Lake Superior. The latter are
widely dilTused. In (->ntario, on the north-eastern shore
of Lake Huron, extensive veins of rich .•oi)per ores have
been mined for years, often with great |)rofii. (^ . Lake
Superior the native copper, wl-.ich has been .^o extensively
and profitably worked on the Michigan shore, also exists
in large quantities on the Canadian shore.

In Quebec and the other Eastern provinces, especially
in Cape Breton Island, deposits of copper have been found
and in many cases mined. In the Eastern Townships of
Quebec, the c.ipper occurs in sniail quantities in the pyrites
mined chiefly for the production of sulphuric acid.

In the Province of Ontario, the nickel copper mines of
the Siidl)ury district are the chief source of copper.

British Columbia has only recently come into the field as
a copper producer. Its copper comes mainly from the
Xclson mining district of West Kootonay. The real value
of the ore lies in the g..ld and silver it contains. A few
hundred tons of fair copper ore have been shipped from
J exada Island.

In a paper read before the Institute of Mining Engineers
in September, 1899, Mr. \Vm. M. Brewer says :— " It may

CANADIAN HANfUMMiK

lie safi'ly said that the wc.-.tcrn portion of Vamotivcr IislantI
pri'sonts t(i-(lav ft'atiircs of cn-at pruiniHo so far as copper
(It-posits are coficcrncd."

The export tables of the Dominion show that since Con-
federation 8«v>H6 tons of fine copper and 136,000 tons of
copper ore liave been exported. The value of the whole is
over $19,000,000, an average of $530,000 a year. In the
year u;o3, the vahie of the export was $2,907,394, thus
show'p^ the flevelupment that has taken place of recent
years.

Nickel. — Canada has hnt one serious rival in the produc-
tion of this metal — the French colony of New Caledonia.
The deposit in Sudbury, Ontario, is nickelifcrous |)yrrhotitc,
and the discovery was made by the navvies of the Canadian
Pacific Railway, while making a cutting through a small
hill. Since work began, thirteen years ago, 67,000,000
pounds have been extracted, an average of over 5,OfX).ooo
pounds a year. The extent of the development that has
taken place may be measured by tiic fact that the output
in 1903 ^mounted to over I2,.soo,ooo pounds. As a result
of the construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway and the
consequent discovery of the Sudbury deposit, over thirty
million dollars of this scarce metal have been taken out.

Gold. — This metal has been found in almost all of the
Provinces and Territories of Canada. Praucally, however,
its production is limited to the Provinci of Nova Scotia
and British Columbia and the new district of Yukon, which,
containing the Klondike region, has sprung to the front
within the past few years.

Of the $200,000,000 of gold which Canada has contri-
buted to the world's store, British Columbia's share is 80
v.iillion dollars, Nova Scotia's 16 1-2 million, Ontario's 2
million, Quebec 290,000, the remainder coming from the
Northwest Territories, and chiefly from Yukon district.

Tn the Province of Nova Scotia gold mining has been a
very steady industry, the annual average output since the
discovery, in 1862, being $400,000, growing to $556,000
average of five years, 1899-1903.

108

I'ANAl.IAN HANDnooK.

The gold produced in Nova Scotia is by quartz mining,
no placers of any importance having been discovered.

In earlier years the quartz seldom ran below $12 per
ton. From 1862 to 1903, 1,554.308 tons of quartz have
been crushed, showing the production of gold to be at the
rate of $10.50 per ton. In 1903 the value was $5.17 per
*on. The cause of this is that the extraction of gold is
carried on more scientifically and economically now than
it was in the early years, and that thus it has become pro-
fitable to treat low grade ores.

In the Province of Quebec not much mining for gold has
been performed.

While gold has been produced in Ontario for several
years, it is only since the establishment of the Bureau of
Mines that any well-directed effort has been made. In
1891 the value of the gold reported found in Ontario was
only $2,000. In 1899 the output reached high-water mark,
and the value of the product was $424,568. In 1902 the
product was valued at $229,828. Much developmental
work has been done during the past year, and repprts are
favourable for a large increase.

In the Saskatchewan District of the Xorthwest Terri-
tories a small quantity of gold is obtained from the bars in
the Saskatchewan river, near Edmonton. The amount
varies from year to year, the highest being $51^,000. The
total thus procured since 1887 is $282,946.

British Columbia has been a producer of gold since
1862. The earlier years were prolific of gold yield. There
was a decrease in the production from 1882, and the lowest
point was reached in 1893, when the product of the year
had a value of $379,000. A change came, and production
increased rapidly. The million dollar mark was reached
in 1895. The two million dollar mark in 1897; the four
million in 1899; the five million in 1901, and the six million
in 1903.

The Yukon District of the Northwest Territories has
been yielding gold since 1885. It is only, however, within
a very recent period tliat the gold deposits of the Klondike

k iu -

,^ fS

u=^

::;;:^^;Ki|t^^l

,.;:1

^^^^^H

1^ 11

|!FTrr':'*fafe^B

MiM

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

section have attracted the attention of the world. The
value of the product sprung from $300,000 in 1897 to an
average for the past four years of $17,000,000 a year.

Full particulars respecting the gold deposits of Canada
can be obtained from the Department of the Interior,
Ottawa, for the Northwest Territories and from the several
Provincial Governments, whose offices are: — In Nova
Scotia, at Halifax ; in Quebec, at the City of Quebec ; in
Ontario, at Toronto, and in British Columbia, at Victoria.

Silver. — The two Provinces of Ontario and Quebec are
producers of sUver in small quantities. The Province of
British Columbia is the chief producer.

In the " seventies " Ontario produced from a mine on
Silver Islet, near the mouth of Thunder Bay, Lake Superior,
a considerable quantity of silver.

In British Columbia silver was .produced at the rate of
a few thousand ounces a year. It was, however, in 1895
that the production went over a million ounces. The re-
turns of the Dominion Geological Survey give the produc-
tion of iQOi at 5,151,333 ounces. The total production of
the province from 1887 to 1901 amounted to 27,870,892
ounces. T'^c total production of the three provinces in
the same i)enod was 31.934,607 ounces.

Other metals. — .\niong other metals found in Canada
are cobalt, zinc and platinum.

Of minerals used in certain ch -i !cal manufactures,
Canada has iron pyrites, chromium, magnesia, manganese,
titanium and molybdenum.

Of minerals used in agriculture, ai)atitc, gypsum, marl
and salt arc widely diffused.

Gypsum is found in great abundance in Ontario, the
outcrop extending from Niagara River to Lake Huron for
150 miles. In Quebec the supplies come mainly from the
Magdalen Islands. Extensive and practically inexhaustible
beds are found in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia.

The salt produced in the Dominion is almost all manu-
factured in the Province of Ontario. The .salt beds of
southwestern Ontario cover an area of 2,000 square miles.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

They were discovered first at Goderich, in 1865, in boring
for petroleum, and since then wells have been sunk at a
dozen other places. In Kincardine the upper bed is
reached at about 900 feet from the surface; in Goderich at
1,000 feet; in Courtright at 1,600 feet. A well drilled in
VVmdsor in 1892 yielded salt at a little over 1,127 feet.
Subsequently another well was drilled by the same com-
pany—the Canadian Pacific Railway Company— near the
first. In each case the company drilled through 40 feet
of rock salt, then encoimtered rock 23 to 30 feet thick, then
a second layer of salt 23 feet thick, then rock 5 feet thick,
and then 38 feet of salt.

Among minerals used for pigments are iron ochres,
which are found and extensively manufactured in Quebec
and Ontario, and in smaller quantities in the eastern pro-
vinces.

Sulphate of barytes is also widely distributed.

The fifth subdivision includes combustible and carbon-
aceous materials.

The coal areas of Canada are estimated at 97,200 square
miles, not including areas in the far north-.known, but as
yet undeveloped. These are :—

1. The coal fields of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick.

2. 1 hose of the Northwest Territories.

3. Those of the Rocky Mountains.
4- Those of British Columbia.

The t„al areas of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick
cover about 18,000 square miles. The productive areas arc
divided into

(a) The Cape Breton area.

(b) The Pictou area.

Cc) The Cumberland area.

These are all in the Province of Nova Scotia, New
Brunswick containing seams of sufficient magnitude to bo
worked, but nothing has yet been done to develop them

OANADIAX HAXDHOOK.

Ill

The known productive coal fields of Nova Scotia occupy
an area of about rV)o square miles, of wliicli the Sydnev and
Cumberland fields comprise 650 square miles, tbe remainder
beinp divided between the Pictou and the smaller fields of
Antiponish and Cape Breton. The number of collieries
is as follows : —

Cumberland, 6, viz. : — Jop^ffins, Minudie, Chignecto,
Fundy, Scotia and Sprinpbiil.

Pictou, 3, viz.: — Intercolonial, Marsh and Acadia.

Cape Breton. 8, viz. :— Cape Breton, Dominion, Sydney.
North Sydnev, IVfabou, Port Hood, Inverness Railway and
Cowrie and Blockhouse.

The sales from all in 1003 amounted to 4.62T.074 tons,
of which over 70 per cent, came from the Cape Breton col-
lieries, the remainder beinsr chiefly distributed between the
Pictou and tbe Cumberland collieries, in the proportion of
l',^ per cent, from the first named and 11 per cent, from the
second.

^ Durintr t'.venty-five venrs the total outt)ut of the coal
mines of Nova Scotia has been 60,000,000 tons, an average
of 2,380,000 tons per annum. The output of 1003 was
5,255,247 tons.

The Dominion Coal Companv have begun operations on
a large scale for the manufacture of iron and steel, and
these will result in an immense development in the pro-
duction of coal.

The scams in the Cape Breton basin vary in thickness
from 5 to Q feet. In the Pictou basin they vary from 6 feet
to 34 feet 7 inches in thickness.

TaKing one analysis from each coal field in Nova Scotia,
we have —

MiNHS

Svdni'V.
C. B.'

Moisture

Volatile combustion.

MxLfl carbon

Ash

p. c.

1.54
;!6.3()
o7.(il

Intercolonial,

I'ictou

p. c.

1.52
L'i).40
iiO.08 i

!".00 !

Sprinjj Hill.
Cunibtrlaixl

.■5.66
2S.55
(>L'.78

4..S2

lit

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The coal found in Nova Scotia is bituminous, and is in
nearly all cases coking. It is a true coal from the middle
or productive measures of the carboniferous division. All
the Nova Scotia coal fields are on tide water.

There are no coal measures from New Brunswick west-
ward until Manitoba is reached.

Of the Manitoba and Northwest Territories, the late
Dr. Geo. M. Davv.son, Director of Geolopical Survey, says: —

" The known areas of true and lignite coals of the best
quality extend along the base of the Rocky Mountains from
the 40th parallel to the vicinity r' Peace River, a distancc
of 500 miles, with an average width of, say, 100 miles,
giving a total area of 50,00c square miles. It is not in-
tended to affirm that the whole of this area is continuously
underlain by coal, but outcrops of coal are so general
throughout it that, taken in connection with the character
and regularity of the strata, it may be stated with safety
that it is throughout a coal field. .\n additional area
stretching eastward as far as the Souris River and Turtle
Mountains yields lignites only, but these, ofte . of very good
quality and well fitted for local uses, may be roughly esti-
mated at 15,000 square miles."

The third coal area of Canada is that in the Rocky
Mountains. This, though small as measured by miles, con-
tains much coal of the best quality. One of these areas has
been found to hold several seams of anthracite of very good
quality. Those in the Cascades Basin have an area of sixty
s(|uare miles. The small coal area of Crow's Nest Pass i<
very rich.

From the Territories the coal accounted for as produced
was 456,000 tons in 1808, of which 20,000 tons were anthra-
cite.

The fourth area is that of the Pacific Coast. Vancouver
Island contains two productive coal areas — Nanaimo an<l
Comox, the first about 2<x> and the second 300 square miles
in extent. A very rough approximation gives 800 square
miles as the extent of the coal areas (chiefly anthracite) of
Queen Charlotte Islands.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. ItJ

In quality the Vancouver Island bituminous coals are
found to be superior for all practical purposes to any other
coals on the Pacific Coast. They rank in San Francisco
with the West Hartley coals. These widely-spread coal
deposits on Vancouver Island entitle the Province to be
called the Britain of the North Pacific.

The output of the coal mines of British Columbia, be-
ginning in 1874 with 90,000 tons, has steadily increased,
and in 1903 was 1,660,000 tons.

In the Comox district the productive measures show ten
seams of coal v/ith a total of 29 feet 3 inches, the thickest
seam being 10 feet.

The character cf the coal is evidenced by the following

average analysis of the nine mines in the Crow's Nest field,

and of 13 mines on Vancouver Island: —

Crow's Nest. Vancouver Islaml.

Moisture -91 1-55

Volatile combUBtive 19.01 31.70

Fixed carbon 69.94 52.72

Ash 9-83 10.24

Asbestos. — The asbestos deposits of Canada are found
in the rock group known as the serpentines, occurring in
many parts of the Dominion. In the Eastern Town.ships
of the Province of Quebec large workable deposits are
located, and there the chief mining operations are carried
on. The production has steadily increased. In i88o the
output was 380 tons, valued at $24,700. In 1903 the ex-
port of asbestos and asbestic was 30,661 tons, valued at
$955,405. Mr. R. W. Ells, LL.D., of the Canadian Cleolo-
5,ncal Survey, has issued recently a pamphlet (MI Asbestos
in Canada.

Next in order are the refractory minerals. Canada has
of these : plumbago, mica, soapstone, and sandstone.

The plumbago is a pure crystaline, and is widely dis-
tributed. The others mentioned are very generally dis-
tributed.

Materials for brick, pottery and glass abound. Lime-
stone for common lime is abundant, as also are aigillaceoi.s
limestones and domites yielding good hydraulic cement.

114

CANADIAN HANDHOOK.

CriiKliiifj and polishing .naterials are found in all the
piovinccs. Corundum has been found recently in con-
siderable quantity, and the Ontario Bureau of Mines (Re-
port for i8q7) published a report of forty or fifty pages on
the subject of corundum in that province.

Of building stones, Canada possesses an abundance.
Granite, comparing favorably with the best granites of
other countries, is found in many localities. Sandstones
of various colors and textures abound. The collection of
marbles in the Geological Museum at Ottawa indicates a
|)rofusion of all kinds. Flagstones, roofing slates, litho-
graphic stones, etc., are abundant and of good quality.

Agates, amethysts and jasper are found in the Lake
Superior region and in. other parts of Canada.

There are numerous mineral springs in different parts of
Canada, and mineral waters are bottled, nearly a million
dollars of output being reported in the census.

Manufactures.

The constructive industries of Canada have been de-
veloped to a very considerable degree.

When Canada presented herself before the world in the
Paris Exhibition of 1855 she could only tell of 28 or 30
different manufactures established in the country. There
were saw mills, grist mills, carding mills, woollen mills, dis-
tilleries, tanneries, breweries and foundries of small size
and number. The others w^re still fewer and smaller.
The best that the Hand Book of 1855 could say was that the
most important of the manufactures was that of shipbuild-
ing, the number of ships built in Quebec city, the chief scat
of the industry, having been 48 in 1853, valued at $ 2,500,-
000 : that the St. Maurice River iron mines employed 300
hands; that considerable progress had been made in the
development of manufactures requiring iron and steel for
their bases, such as locomotives, carriages, edge tools, agri-
cultural implements, etc.: that cotton manufacture was
very small; that woollens were made on a somewhat ex-
tensive scale; that 1,631 saw mills were producing 722,-

• •AXADIAN HANDIIOOK. 115

rxo.otx) fet't (.f hiiiilHT per annuiii, ami that jjrist mills mim-
bercd under 1,200. reqiiirinfj a cajjital of $5,fxxi,0(xj.

Tlie wliole indiistrial class niinibcrcil a little over 7r,ooo.

By the year i8f)i the 30 different niannfactnres of 1851
had expanded into 300, and the number of the industrial
class into 370,000.

The census returns of 1891 show that the number of
manufacturing and mechanical establishments increased
from 49,722 in 1881 to 75,968 in 1891, an increase of 53 per
cent.; that the capital invested increased from $164,958,000
to $354,621,000, an increase of n^, per cent., and that the
value of the output increased from $3oc„7oo,ooo to $476,-
200,000, an increase of 53 per cent., notwithstanding the
very great drop in prices between 1881 and 1891.

The census of 1901 was taken on a different plan, only
those industrial establishments employing five or more
hands being taken by the agents of the department in
charge of the census. The result of a comparison on this
basis is that, while the number of establishments having
five hands and over shows, as compared with 1891, a de-
creas'e, the total annual output of finished material shows an
increase of $94,2i6,0(^j, the figures heinj,- S453,-'9S.7J« in
1901 and $359,082,636 in 1891.

Under the stimulus of the abrogation of the Reciprocity
Treaty of 1854 the cheese industry had a rapid develop-
ment.

As is natural in a country so largely a wooded country,
the manufacturing industries connected with wood form a
large proportion of the total. The capital invested in these
amounted to 28 per cent, of the total capital invested in
"lanufacturing in 1891, and to 25 per cent, in U)oi.

The development of manufactures connected with foods
is also a natural development.

The only return in 1855 in this connection was. that of
urist mills, with a capital of $5,000,000 Bakeries were
i\w and far between, the bread used being mostly home
made.

u«

fANAIHAN HANDHftOK.

DKVHLOrMKNT OF KXPORTS OF CHIUCSI-
FROM CANADA

Total Value of Cheese Export* of Canada, iSti'J-lUOo $3li»,;5«(0,()0*'

CANADIAN HANDn(^>K. UT

There were no cheese factories, and hut h'ttle cheese was
made in the home;- of Canada, the census returns of 1851
jfivinfj a total of 4 .2,oc» pounds as the year's make of
home-made. Much of the cheese consumed was imported
from tlic United States. The factory-madj article was
added to the home-made, and the total of the two in
1890 was 114,082,000 pounds, or nearly thirty times
the amount of 1851. In 1900 the joint produce was
227,905.250 pounds, or fifty-seven time^ the produce of 1851.
From bcinfj dependent on the United States for its cheese,
Canada is now the largest exporter among the world's
countries, our exports in 1903 having beea 230,000,000
pounds.

In 1891 the total capital invested in manufactures
having vegetable and animal foods for their bases was
$42,700,000, flour and grist mills having increased their
capital from the amount already given for 1851 to
over $23,000,000. In Kjoo the capital employed in these
industries, taking only establishments with five hands and
over, was over 50 million dollars.

The canning industries are of comparatively recent
growth. Still, in 1891 the capital invested in canning in-
dustries was about $9,000,000. This amount has been
largely increased since then.

In printing and publishing, hank note engraving and the
like, the capital invested in 1891 amounted to $10,500,000;
in carriage making to nearly $11,000,000; in drinks and
stimulants, to nearly $27,500,000; breweries having a capi-
tal of $8,533,000, and sugar refineries nearly $6,000,000.
The census of 1901, with the limitation already mentioned,
showed an increase of capital invested in these industries
of 46 per cent.

There was a great growth in the number of establish-
ments for the preparation of aerated waters, the value of
tlic out-put for the year being over three-quarters of a
niillion dollars. In the manufacture of tobacco, cigars, etc.,
the sum of over 7 million dollars was invested in 1901.

■ I ;

CANADIAN HANDnOOK.

In the inanufactiirc- of leather, boots and shoes, harness,
there has been a preat development, the capital employed
in 1891 being returned at nearly $22,000,000.

( Hir iarj^esl cities and towns had been li<;bled with ^'a^
some years before the I'aris I-Ixhihitir.n of 1S55 took ])lace,
but the use of jjas was only be.ninniiij,' to l)ecome jj;eneral.
( )f course the ap|>lication of electricity was unknown. l!y
the census of 1891 the capital invested in lighting appliances
was ?2i,335,ooo, an increase during the decennial period
1881-91 of $13,500,000. Returns for the year 19*13 show
that the country has over 50 million dollars invested in
electric light and power plants.

In the manufacture of textile fabrics and dress materials,
Canada could not do very much in the earlier exhibitions.
Since then there has been great imi)rovenient, and the total
capital invested in 1900 in the.se branches was $55,744,ax).
of which $18,300,000 was in cotton mills and $10,500,000 in
woollen mills.

Divided somewhat empirically into classes, the census
of h;oi gives the following results (factories emploving
five hands and upwards) :—

Articles. Ciipit.il.

Arms .111(1 Kmiminitlon 1.675,675

Hooks, priiitiiiiEr, &c 17,235,971

('MirliiKes, &<• 14,941,702

rii.inicals. &c 4,607,778

Drinks aiicl sliniuliints. . . 39,340,286
FHjrouR material — -Twine,

&i' 3.901,905

ImkxI.s, vegetable — Grist

mills, &o 24,781,251

Foods, animal — ■ F;.ctory

i-iieesc, &c 13,896,363

Purnitun', houses and

buildiiiRs 22,409,724

Cold and silver 2,260,430

Leather, boots and shoes,

&c 21,558,894

Wage

Value of

Kariiers.

I'roduit.

611

1.034,000

10.724

13,796,151

14,453

19,420.999

1,837

5,017,750

11,275

36,034,328

2,621

4.211,806

15,705

47,492,461

18,030 31,951,369

17,163 24,988,932

1,544 2,491,622

19,332

34,853,019

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. 119

Articlrs. Cuvital. .,^^'"t-"' )>'",'' 'f

' Knrn<Ts. I riiiluit.

Lighting — Gas, electric

ligilt 27,632,868 4,810 11,317,374

Maciiines, tools, &c 78,032,672 39,076 61,879,939

Matte"-- ;i,,')iii>.; — Brush

a. 1 broom worVi, ti.. 3,085,130 1,364 3,325,159
Matt rs, vpertfaMa — 15r,.:es,

c.^ Ji)(i,;rci, &c.. log

pr •(■.11 t-i, &• 84,492,298 66,650 72,203,699

Mathemaiicui •.;:-'lruments 115,700 140 199,750

Musical instruments 4,290,847 2,669 3,380,727

Ships and boats 3,297,914 2,587 2.043,668

Stone, clay and glass 7,117,245 9,370 5,820,544

Textile fabrics and dress 55,743,839 62,588 61,822,170

Miscellaneous 10,945,213 4,351 9,993.261

The above enumeration is not taken in on the same
l)asis as is the census of the United States. It is limited
to industrial establishments having five hands or more.

The factory life of the Dominion includes over ii,ooo
establishments, employing 306,900 wage earners. The
average annual wage paid in 1900 was $287 per wage
earner.

In the main the development of our manufacturing and
mechanical industries has followed the lines suggested hv
our development of the extractive industries and by the
growing wealth of the country.

XI.
TRANSPORT SERVICE.

From the development of our industries of the field, the
forest, the mine, the waters and the workshop, necessarily
has sprung the development of our means of transport, for
the purposes of distribution.

In the early stages of Canadian life the St. Lawrence
River, from Montreal to its mouth, supplied the facilities
for transport. When, however, the early policy of con-
centration gave way to the policy of expansion, the obstacles

120

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

if!

Ht-

|k V

ni !'

I^B

to rapid transportation began to be wearisome. The port-
ages were improved, the rapids reduced, where practicable,
and the class of boats changed for the better.

As settlement increased the high roads of the country
were opened and improved. A regular system vk ;is adopted
for the purpose, and for years the river pnd the roads were
the only means of communication. S. jti the idea of im-
proving the river by means of canals took root. Nature
had rendered the St. Lawrence navigable to Quebec for
ships of the largest size. Vessels of 500 or 600 tons bur-
den could go as far as Montreal, but beyond that were the
St. Louis Rapids, which put an end to further progress.
Beyond the St. Louis Rapids large vessels could sail up for
some distance — to encounter, however, forty miles of
rapids before Kingston, at the foot of Lake Ontario, could
be reached. It was plain sailing over the great lake, but
between Lake Ontario and Lake Erie there was a distance
of 2J miles, in the course of which the ascent was 300 feet,
and the frowning front of Xiagara Falls intervened. After
entering Lake Erie the Durham boat had free course
through Lakes Erie, Huron and Michigan, but the way to
Lake Super: )r was barred by the Sault Ste. Marie.

These several obstacles the Canadian people determined
to overcome, so that from the western feeders of Lake
Superior freighting of supplies could be carried on without
interruption.

The first efforts resulted in artificial water ways to over-
come the ra])ids iniinediately above tjie Lachine Rapids—
the Cedar, Cascades and Coteau. These, begun in 1779
and finished in 1781, suflSced for a time.

But these were merely efforts of the 'prentice hand of
Canada.

Within a few years an elaborate canal system was
evolved. It included within its comprehensive grasp (a)
the improvement of the St. Lawrence River, (b) of the
Ottawa River, (c) of the Rideau River, (d) of the Richelieu
River and Lake Champlain, and (e) later on, the completion
of a canal in the Island of Cape Breton.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Connected with the St. Lawrence River there are 73
miles of canal — supplied with 40 locks of various dimen-
sions, those in the line of direct navigation being from 270
X 45 feet to 900 X 60 feet in length and breadth, with a d'^pth
on the sills from 14 to 20 feet, the greater number of the
locks being of the standard size, 270 x 45 feet, and 14 feet
deep.

The work of completing this system of canals has been
going on for many years, the caoal to overcome the T.achinc
Rapids, near Montreal, having been berun in i82r, and the
Wclland Canal, to overcome Niagara Falls, in 1834-

In connection with this canal developmei.t it was re-
solved to provide a submerged canal between Quebec and
Montreal, in order to overcome the shoals, of-which there
were in the aggregate ncarlv 50 miles, divided among 30
different places, the widest being in T.ake St. Peter C17.47
milesV These shoals were composed of gravel, sand. clay,
boulders and shale rock.

This work was begfun in T844. Bv 1S60 the increase of
depth effected was 9 feet, giving a • feet channel to Mont-
treal. Bv 187S the depth was 22 feet ; by TR82 i. was 2c;
feet : bv the end of 1888 it was 27 1-2 feet. It is now prac-
ticallv 30 feet deep and 500 feet wide.

The total cost, including the expenditure on the
abandoned straight channel to 31st December, 1903,
amounts to $5,620,000, and the total quantity of dredged
matter to 36.700.000 cubic yards.

This work has made Montreal remarkable, from the
fact that it is a fresh water seaport, frequented by the
largest craft. 086 miles inland from the Atlantic. 2;o miles
above salt water, and nearly 100 miles above tidal influences.
In the bottom of a lake, whose water was from 11 to 18
feet deep upon the flats, a submerged canal has been ex-
cavated entirely by steam, 17 miles long, and with sides in
the worst places over 18 feet high.

Tlie growth of the shipping of Montreal has kept pace
with the development of the channel. In 1850 the num-
ber of vessels arrived from sea was 210, of an average ton-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

nage of 220. In 1880 the number increasec' to 710 vessels
and the average tonnage to 900 tons. In 1890 the vessels
entered and left in one year numbered 776. and the average
tonnage was 1,630 tons. In 1900 the vessels at the port
entered and left were 850, with a total tonnage of 2,068 7 n
an average of 2,550 tons. In 1903 the vessels entered and
cleared numbered 862, with a total tonnage of 2,312970
tons, an average of 2,690 tons per vessel; the largest vessel
entered having a tonnage of 6,802 tons.

Montreal thus leads the Atlantic ports of this continent
in average size, the Port of New York coming next, with
an average sized ocean-going vessel in 1903 of 2,360 tons
and Philadelphia with an 1,800 ton vessel for its average'
size. .

In actual sea-going tonnage entered, Montreal rivals
Baltimore, and is only exceeded by New York, Boston
Philadelphia, and New Orleans.

J be most recent expansions of the St. Lawrence River
cana! system are the Sault Ste. Marie and Soulanges Canal.

The first named connects Lakes Superior and Huron
and ,s necessary because of the diflference of 18 feet between'
the levels of the lakes. At this place the first canal built
was m the year 1797 by the Northwest Fur Company, to
enable them to carry their furs and supplies to and from
tl.o India,, country of the Xortluvest. The first canal was
40 feet long and 9 feet wide, and had a total lift of 9 feet
and the boats were towed from the end of the lock up a
sluice-way by oxen the remainder of the distance to Lake
Superior. This canal had the first lock ever built on the
^orth American Continent. The site upon which this
pnmtive lock was built is preserved and used as a fish pond
and the oaken floor is as good apparently as it was when
aid over a hundred years ago. Locks of various sizes
have been built from time to time, and now there are three
locks in operation, two on the United States side and one
on the Canadian. The larger one on the United Spates

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

123

side is 800 feet long and 100 feet wide. The Canadian lock
is 900 feet long and 60 wide, and is said to be the longest
lock in the world. Both the Canadian and the United
States locks can pass vessels drawing 20 feet of water.

'llu' business accoinino('ated by these canr-'s is very
considerable. Indeed, few persons have any ide^ of the
fxtent of llic business served l)y the canals al the Sault Sii-.
Mane.

The Suez Canal is the highway for Europe and Asia.
Through it pass shi])s Hying the I'.ritish, the Ciennau, tiie
Dutch, the l-'rencli, the Austro-Hungarian, the Russian, the
It:.!ian, the Xufwcgian, the Spanish, tht: United States, the
Portuguese, the Japanese and other flags. In 1902 the
Suez Canal was used by 3,708 vessels, having a tonnage
of 11,248,413 tons net.

Through the canals of the Sault Ste. Marie in the same
year (1902) there passed 22,659 vessels, having a regis-
tered tonnage of 31,955,580 registered tons.

The Canadian Sault Canal is operated by electricity,
and, in consequence, the average time of making a lockage,
including all delays to vessels in this lock, is fourteen
minutes and fourteen seconds.

The Iv.ial cost of building the Canadian canal at Sault
Ste. Marie is $4,216,529.

Since it was opened the Canadian "Soo" has carried of
wheat, grain and flour, during the first seven years an aver-
a.ne of i().i40.o(K) bushels a year. During the two years
i<,oj and H)03 it carried an average yearly of 42,217,500
l)ushels of Hour, grain and wheat.

The Socdanges Canal, opened in the autumn of 1899, is
i.| miles long. The rise of 82;.. feet between Lake St.
Louis and Lake St. Francis is overcome by four locks.
Three of these, each of 23 1-3 feet lift, occur in the first
mile from the Ottawa River. Then there is a reach of
s .me two and a half miles to the fourth lock, which has a
lift of 12 or 13 feet to low water level of Lake St. Francis.
The canal is, for purposes of navigation, a straight line
throughout. Electricity is used as the motive power.

X24

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The amount of earth and rock removed to make this
canal was about ei},'ht million cubic yards.

The other canals of this system have been brought int..
unison with the general schenie.

The Welland Canal lifts vessels of 2^5 to 260 feet in
length from I.ake Ontario to Lake Erie, a lift of 327 feet
Begun m 1824. opened partially in 1829, and wholly in i8v
Its enlargement was begun in 1841 owing to the fact that the'
size of vessels ha.l so increased that more than one-half the
vessels navigating the lakes were unable to pass through the
canal. The f^rst enlargement was no sooner completed than
It was found necessary to increase the depth of water a.
the vessels continued to increase in size. In 1859 the St
Lavvrence route not maintaining its .share of the Westen,
trade, and of the grain trade in particular, inquiries were
mst.tuted into the causes of diversion to rival routes. The
result was a second enlargement. The canal has now
wenty-s.x locks of the standard size-270 by 45 feet, with
14 feet of water on the sills.

theT!;' ^''r"" '-'";• Rirfeau Canal system has for its object
the connecting of Montreal by the way of the Ottawa and

ttio t/ ^'7?7'''^ ^'^''■"^^t"" ^^ the foot of Lake On-
tJ^no. The total distance from Kingston to Montreal bv
this route IS 245 miles. The larger Joel . are 200 bv 45 feet
and the .mailer 134 by 32 feet. These canals wer^ origin

mcation. The highest point is the Rideau Lake, which is
292 jeet above the level of the Ottawa at the outlet of the

The Richelieu and Lake Champlain system commences
at Sorel at the confluence of the Rivers St. Lawrence an.l
R.cheheu. 46 miles below Montreal, and extends along t

C nYl Zll T ''If "' '''""''>' = *''^"" ^>' '^^ Chambh
ern end o " " 1 "^ ""' ^" '"^'^ Champlain. at the south-
C-LT -itl Tt ^°""«^ction is made by the Champlain
Canal with the Hudson River, by which the city of New
York o„ the Atlantic seaboard is reached. The Chamblv
I anal is 12 miles long.

TANADIAN llANHIHMiK.

12S

It will thus be seen that by the canal system of Canada,
as oriRinally sketched, it was |ir<>|)..se<l : ist. to form an
interior route of transport from Montreal to I.ake Ontario
adapted for the conveyance of troops and munitions of war;
and, to overcome obstacles in the St. Lawrence and thus
give continuous safe water communication between tlic
{jrain-growinR: rejjions of tlie great I.aureiitian Lakes and
Montreal ; 3rd, to make Montreal a port for ocean steam-
ships of the largest size ; and 4th, to bring Montreal an<l
New York into communication with each other by means
of water transport.

The total amount expended on the construction of our
canals to 30th June, 1903, is $8r),56o,r)00. If to this sum is.
added the cost of the submerged canal between Montreal
;ind Quebec, the total amount exi)ended in the effort to
supplement our waterways as means of communication is
over 92 million dollars.

The number of vessels passing through our canals in
1899 was 29,68(3, with a total tonnage of 7,304-3O3 tons, or
1,644,000 tons less than passed through the Suez Canal in
the year 1898.

The proportions of freight carried, taking the Welland
Canal as the standard, are : Forest products, 14 per cer •
farm products, 50 per cent.; merchandise and manufacture ,
36 per cent.

There are affluents of the St. Lawrence which have either
not needed canal aid or but to a small extent. Thus the
Saguenay is one of the tributary streams of the great river.
It is navigable for the largest vessels for nearly ninety
miles. The Ottawa River is opened by means of St. Anne's
Lock, one-eighth of a mile in length, and thence forms a
water thoroughfare for a distance of more than 200 miles
for vessels 200 feet long by 43 in breadth.

Railway^.

It was early felt that railways were needed in addition
to canals. In 1S32 a charter \va? obtained from the
Legislature of French Canada for a railway to connect the

t2«

'•AVADIW IIA.NI>|irK>K.

uatcrs of the St. Lawrence. „„ar Montreal, with those of
-■ ke ( hanM.Ia.n. by takin^^ the base hnc of an isosceles
na„P c. ,nstca.I of the two water si.Ies np to fnat tin,

nl .nd'V'^'v'l'r"''" ^'^•""'""'■-■'tio" between Mont-
real and New York by a ,nixed water and rail route It

iivis in the tollowmc ve-ir Ti,.^ ^„-i

rorite.l in .«,. • TT ^^ radways were ino.r-

Forated in 1834 m Upi)er Canada.

I e coal fie .Is of P.ctou with the loa.Iinjj .^mnnds on the
'■lilt of St. Lawrence.

It was. however, in the year ,851 that the country besan

.. fee! the need for a comprehensive system of railwavs I„

that year an Act was passed by the Legislature of the Pro-

v.nec of Cana.la making provision for the construction of a

»ia,n trunk hne through the two Canadas. In the same

iZA T'7 ^r' ''"' ^"'''^ ^'^"-^'^ ^^■"^•^'^'«" P>-'>vinces
uent to England to arrange for the construction of a rail-
vay from Quebec to St. John and Halifax, aiul in that vear
he construction of a railway through British territory to
the Pacific Ocean was brought before the Legislature "

in 1855 there were 563 miles of railvvav in what is now
he nonunion of Canada. The Grand Tru-nk C mpanv "l
also constructed 292 miles in the United States to conn m
Montreal and Portland. It was therefore with prom^c fo
tl>c future rather than actual fulfilment that CaZ n e
-sentcd herself at the Paris Exhibition of 18,5. V k w n^^

miles, and in 1867 there were about 2,000 miles of raihvav i.

1K> country. The union of „.. fo„r provinces c"f L Wr " nd

in '.r^T'r; "^"^^ ^r'' ^"'' ^'-^ ^--""-vick o'k plaC

Since 1867 the 2,000 miles with which Canada beir-in Imr
existence as a Dominion have increased over nte times

Down to the consummation of the union the several nro
vmces had expended $,50,000,000 for railways; of whi";

CANAKrAN IIANPCffOK.

i;:

Govcrnincnt liad coiitrilmtiil $3i.4cx),orx) ; i.tluT syiiriis,
$118,600,000. Since that time tlio I'VdiTal or Kcnoral Gov-
trmncnt lias nnitril)iito<l $I52,()0(),(xk), ami otluT sources
$845,ooo,o(X), niakiiiR a total cxpendci! fur railways of
$i,i46,5o<),(K)(), towards wliicli the <',ovcrninent of the Do-
minion has coiitrihutcd 16 per cent., including tlic Govern-
nicnt railways, the cost of which amounts to $70,860,000.

In addition, the Kcncral (iovcrnment has pivcn large
grants of land, amounting in the aggregate to about
57.000,000 acres, of which the grant to the ( I'.K. was on
final adjustment i8,2rK),ooo acres. For this expenditure of
over $1,100,000,000 the several provinces have (rrjo.^) :

« >ntario

(jueljec

New Brunswick

Nova Scotia

I'rince I-'dwaril Island. . . .

Manitoba

Northwest Territories (4)
British Columbia

Total

|u:ire Mil<?» of

Miles

1 V.

ami Area to
ach Mile of

ailwiiy.

7.11'.'

.•!0,7

3,»!t2

M7.H

1.4-1.)

19. ;{

l,(ir)0

:.'(). (1

:M0

••..')

i;,:i2;i

a-'.o

•j.tm

L':> ti

l,4L'l

I'O.O

1<>,07()

Taking population and railway mileage, the western
portions of the Dominion have a larger railway mileage in
proportion to population than the older provinces.

Thus, British Columbia, the four Territories and Mani-
toba have 12 per cent, of the popidation and 30 per cent, of
the whole railway mileage, while Ontario, Quebec and the
Maritime Provinces, with 88 per cent, of the population,
liave a little under 70 per cent, of the railway mileage.

The reason for this difference is that the railways in the
newer portions of the Dominion have been built as a means

128

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

of transporting settlers and opening up the country, while
in the older and better settled provinces railways have fol-
lowed settlement instead of preceding population.

This accounts in a measure for the large amount of
assistance in money and lands the Government has given to
the railways, in addition to the cost of construction of rail-
ways owned and operated by the Government.

From the square miles of area to each mile of railway in
existence, it will be seen that Canada has by no means com-
pleted her railway development, but as population increases
will find herself constantly forced to provide more mileage.

It is difficult even now for the existing railways to carry
to the seaboard the surplus grain crop of Manitoba within
the season, and so keenly is this seen by our public men
that one of the important measures before the Federal
Parliament during this (1904) session is a Grand Trunk
Pacific Railway from the Pacific Coast to the Atlantic, with
a more northerly route than that taken by the Canadian
Pacific Railway. Within a short time Canada will have
three transcontinental lines.

In 1855 there was no connected system of railways in
actual use. It was in the brains of our public men, ready
to be turned into iron and steel as soon as the men and
money could be found.

In 1867 things were not much better. Still, the work
done began to show. Four hundred and ninety-one loco-
motives were needed for the 2,089 miles of railway then in
running order. There was an equipment of nearly 8,000
cars of all kinds. The passengers carried numbered
2,784,600, and the freight carried amounted to 2,272,000 tons.
The revenue had reached the respectable sum of $12,000,000,
and the expenditure was about $8,000,000.

The average charge per passenger was $1.63, and per ton
of freight $3.19. For this charge of $1.63 the passenger was
somewhat roughly transported from one chief town to the
other, without any conveniences of any kind. Iron rails
were used. There was but a single track on the road-beds,
and the cars bumped from one rail to the next as if each rail

V i

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

129

was protesting apainst receiving the burden from its pre-
decessor. The train started with a jerk that nearly separ-
ated the head from the body, and stopped with a jolt that
threatened a frequent and sudden farewell of the upper half
of the spinal column from the lower, to the destruction of
the vital forces necessary for animal existence.

In 1903 the passengers carried numbered 22,150,000, and
the freifjht carried amounted to 47,400,000 tons. The reve-
nue of the railways was $q6,ioo,ooo, and th. <rking
"^enditures were $67,481,500.

vadays the passenger is comfortably housed, fed and
t i.i^. /ise provided for at a considerably lower rate of
charge. He travels on a smooth road-bed, laid with steel
rails connected in the most up-to-date way. He hardly
notices that the train has started or has stopped, except by
means of the sense of sipht. He leaves Montreal or Ottawa
in the eveninjj, pfoes to bed, and wakes up in the moruinpf in
Toronto or well on his way to Si. John. The speed has
been developed in strict ratio to the improvement in other
nspects. Some of the more important railways between
centres of population jjivc the public an averapfc annual
speed of 45 miles an hour for the passengfer trains. Several
have an annual average of 40, of 35, of 30 miles an hour.

The Canadian Pacific Railway carries passengers from
Montreal to Vancouver, on the Pacific Ocean, 2,006 miles, in
100 hours — notwithstandinrr that 600 miles of mountainous
repfion are included.

For freight trains the annual avcragfe of all the railways
of Canada in 1903 was 17 miles, the highest averages being
.35. 34. .30. 27, 26 and 20 miles.

In 1903 the equipment of the railways included 2,587
locomotives, larger and more powerful than the 491 that
sufficed in 1867 ; and 90,000 cars of all kinds — beyond com-
parison superior to the 8,000 in use in 1867.

In addition, the railways of to-day are provided with
snow ploughs and flangers which reduce to a minimum the
liability of detention during the winter months.

130

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The people used tlie railways for passeiiper traffic at the
rate of 8,000 in every 10,000 of the population in 1867. In
IQ03 they used the steam railways so much that every 10,000
of the people had taken 40,000 passages.

In addition to this use of the steam driven railway car
the people of Canada have 759 miles in all of electric rail-
way, and this method of transport they utilized in 1903 to
such an extent that about one hundred and fifty-five million
passengers were carried, which is equal to thirty-one pass-
ages for every man, woman and child in Canada. Thus
every person in Canada averages thirty-five passages a year
by steam or electrical car.

The railway system of Canada consists of 165 railways.
By process of absorption and assimilation, twenty-five of
these have been amalgamated and form the Grand Trunk
Railway Sy.stcm. The consolidation of twenty-seven rail-
ways has produced the Canadian Pacific Railway System.
'ihe remaining 113 have consolidated more or less, so that,
taken together, there are 83 separate and distinct railway
organizations, employing 2,578 locomotives and 90,000 car's
of all kinds, passenger, freight, refrigerator, etc.

Thirty-five railways, not included in the above, employ
electricity as the motive power. These are used chiefly in
the cities and towns, though in some instances in Western
Ontario they are employed in transporting passengers
through rural districts.

The Canadian Pacific Railway has a mileage of 7,430
miles ; the Grand Trunk, 3.162 ; the Intercolonial Railway
of 1.310 miles, and tlie others of over 7,000 miles.

The Canadian Government's railwavs. generally called
the Intercolonial, are the only railways owned and operated
by Government, the others being companv-managed rail-
ways. The Government railways cost $8o.'ooo,ooo for con-
struction and equipment, and have been run at a net expen-
diture greater than receipts amounting to $12,330000
equivalent to an average loss of $342,500 a year.

Their value, however, has more than compensated for
this charge upon the revenue. Like a river, they have de-

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

131

veloped tlie regions through wl-lch tliey pass, and have been
a srreat factor in the increase of internal trade, which hardly
existed before the Union in 1867, and is now, taking Ontario
and Quebec Provinces as one. over $150,000,000 a year.
OMtario an.i Quebec have, with the Other provinces East
and West, this exchange of commodities, almost non-
existent thirty-two years ago.

Shipping.

The third of the great arms of trade as a distributor is
the shipping of a country.

Canada employs in her over-sea trade a tonnage of
15841,175 tons of shipping. In the distribution of the
products of Canada and the United States, by means of the
Great I.aurentian Lakes and the rivers connected with them,
there were employed 17,813,868 tons in 1903.

In adf'=' ' to the shipping employed for over-sea and
lake trans, etween other countries and Canada, there is

the shipping <loyed in the coasting trade of the country.
This shipping carries goods from port to port within
Canada, and is called coasting, though the word by no
means expresses all that is meant to be conveyed. Thus, a
vessel going from Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, to Boston, across
the mouth of the Bav of Fundy, is classed as engaged in the
ocean or over-sea trade, while a vessel going from Quebec or
Montreal to Vancouver or Victoria, in British Columbia,
and having to go round Cape Horn, is classed as a coaster.
The tonnage engaged in the coasting trade of Canada
amounted in 1903 to 44,990,358 tons. Thus, for the water-
borne trade of Canada in 1903 there were required 78,645.401
tons of shipping.

The growth of each of the three branches is a fair index
of the development of Canada. In 1868 the tonnage re-
quired to carry on our business of an international character
between other countries and ourselves over the ocean
amounted to 4,320,000 registered tons ; in 1000. to 14.175,200

132

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

tons ; in 1903, 15,841,175 tons. The tonnage on the Great
Lakes, carrying the trade between Canada and the United
States, amounted to 8,663.500 tons in 1868, to 12,739,000
tons in 1900, and to 17,813,868 tons in 1903. The demands
of the coasting trade required 8,000,000 tons of shipping in
'^^ ; 33-631,730 tons in 1900, and nearly 45 million tons in
1903.

Since 1876 the tonnage of the shipping required to do the
water-borne business of Canada has increased from
20,212,138 tons to 78,645,401 tons in 1903. The increase is
divided : (1st) increase of tons employed in over-sea carry-
ing trade, 169.6 per cent. ; (2nd) increase of tons employed
in inland lakes and rivers in carrying between Canada and
the United States, 345.3 per cent. ; (3rd) increase of tonnage
employed in the coasting trade, 336.7 per cent.

The growth of the internal trade is indicated but par-
tially by the tonnage engaged in the coasting trade, since, on
account of the construction of the Canadian Government
and the Canadian Pacific Railways, connecting Montreal
and Quebec with Halifax and St. John, a large amount of
freight that would go by vessel is carried bv car, nearly one-
half of the freights of the Government Railway connecting
Nova Scotia and New Brunswick with Montreal consisting
of coal and lumber.

The Dominion stands seventh on the list of countries
owning shipping. Great Britain, the United States, Ger-
many, Norway and France, in the order named, being ahead
of Canada.

For many years Canada made rapid strides in ownership
of vessels, and in 1878 reached her highest point, having in
that year 1,333,015 tons of shipping on her registry books.

During previous years the tonnage of vessels built in
Canadian shipyards was as high as 191,000 registered tons in
1874. Since that year there has been a decrease till in
i«06, It fell to 16,146 tons. In 1898 there was a slight
revival, the tonnage of new shipping built amounting to
24.522 tons. This was oflfset to a certain extent by the sale
to other countries of 17.210 tons.

CANAPIAN HANDBOOK.

113

The reason for the almost complete cessation of the ship-
building industry is, of course, the change from wooden to
iron and steel ships. The reasons for the very great
decrease in tonnage owned in Canada are the cessation of
building and the sale to other countries, principally Norway.

The country has set itself energetically to work to
remedy this state of things. At the base is the develop-
ment of the iron industry by the encouragement of the
manufacture of pig iron. This has been so successfully
prosecuted that instead of the proportion of home-made pig
being 36 per cent, of the whole consumption, as it was in
1884, it has been in recent years frojn 7=; to 88 per cent, of
the whole.

In the meantime large and well placed steel works are
approaching completion near the ancient site of Louisburg
in Cape Breton — the beginning of an effort to adapt our-
selves to the changed conditions which have rendered our
forests useless for shipbuilding purposes.

XII.

BANKS, ETC.

Having dealt with the arms of trade, we come now to
the auxiliaries to the transport service.

These consist of facilities for safe, speedy and cheap
conduct of business, and include banks, telegraphs, tele-
phones, post offices, navigation securities and insurance.

For the disposal of the business transactions of the
country, internal and external, there are thirty-five banks
with a capital paid up of $76,453,125. In addition they
have accumulated earnings, called reserves, amounting to
nearly 48 million dollars. The system adopted in Canada
is head offices with branches.

13*

• •AXADIAN HANDBOOK.

Tluis, the thirty five main banks have 1,046 branches
spread all over the country, there beinp 491 in Ontario, i8}
in Qnebcc, 98 in Nova Scotia. 45 in New nriinswick, 87 in
Manitoba, 50 in British Columbia. 11 in Prince R.Jwanl
Island, and 81 in the Northwest Territories. The Bank
of Montreal, with head office in Montreal, has a total of 58
branches, 27 in Ontario, 5 each in Quebec and Nova Scotia

4 in New Brunswick, 3 in Manitoba, 8 in British Columbia
and 6 in the Northwest Territories,

These branches are in constant communication with the

5 ♦'f ?' T^ '"' '"'* ^'"""^ ^''"'-^S" '■« I^^Pt •■" touch
with the trade mo^er ents of all sections of the country

The basis of the banking system is gold and Dominion
notes.

T.,e several Acts relating to the subject require that the
fn".rJ Government, to whom banking and currency are
allotted by the fundamental Act of Union, shall hold (i) is
per cent, of $30,000^000 in gold ; (2) 10 per cent, additional
\.Z/\ f °' Dominion securities guaranteed by the
Imperial Government ; and (3) gold, dollar for dollar of
any excess of issue over $30,000,000.

i.„"°n '"^ '^""^ securities, the Federal Government may
issue Dominion notes redeemable at certain points and
Jese the banks must hold to a certain amount L add'it'n
the banks must hold a certain amoun' f gold

tb,n ^r. ^"T""^' '^' ^^"^' "^^y '■' ^o'^' for not less
than $5 to he amount of the unimpr. d paid up capital.

depict wih'thrr'"' ''' "°'' '°'^"^' ^'^^ '"•'"'^■^ '-- to
oepos.t with the Government an amount equal to 5 per cent

ot their note circulation to form a fund for the sect^itv of

the note holders, who are further secured by a nrm^ Ln

requinng that the notes of a suspended bank -shlu b a"

The Dominion has a monopoly of the $,, $. and $4 notes
llie circulation on February 20th looj nf ^11 ^»
tions w^« r» ■ • ^ ' ^■*' °* ^" aenomma-

SsTIV.Z ?'°"?'"'°" "Vl'- ^^"v'^-434; bank notes.
$55,4.-',598. Against the Dominion note circulation, th^

CANADIAN HANDUOOK.

r.ovcrnnient held of specie $39,000,000 and guaranteed de-
l.intiires $9,446,667, in all $48,500,000, while the banks had
$14,500,000 in specie and $29.ooo,cxx) in Dominion notes, in
a!' $43,500,000. Thus, at the base of the system is the sum
of $53,500,000 in gold, supplemented by guaranteed deben-
tures of a face value equal to about $10,000,000.

The banks have assets on the whole equal to consider-
ably more than the liabilities, the latter being, in a ton year
period, 80 per cent, of the assets.

The public use these banks for deposits and for dis-
counts. The discounts, representing the assistance the
banks give to the business men, are a fair gauge of the
business activity.

The following table shows the development of the bank-
ing business in Canada : —

1868

1878

Discounti.
Deposits .

1888

180.S

urn

« 5" VlrtJ 05(>«n(t,«S2,ti6«i|141,(K)2,.T73 WJ;!.80«,3L'0;f472,OI9,(i«9
S,:!;(}5:?,6W 70,8oC,-J0:i| i:;6,i:5(i,4T3 :'3ti.l«l,0.iL> 424,lti7,US

In additi(m to their paid uj) capital, the banks have
developed a rest, being amounts earned but not paid out in
dividends. The amendment to the Bank Act requiring the
statements of the amounts at rest was passed in 1883, and
in 1887 the amount was $17,883,000, increased in 1898 to
$30,000,000, and attaining the figure of $47,762,000 in 1903.
The banking capital employed in Canada is therefore really
over $118,000,000.

The business of the banks as represented by the trans-
actions of the clearing houses is shown to be large. Mont-
real was the ninth city on this continent in respect to the
extent of the bank cheques.

TJic Canadian system works well, providing an elastic
currency, which responds to the calls of the community in
harvest time and retreats within the banks as soon as there
is a redundancy.

'ANALllA.S HANDBOOK.

'" f^'"';°" to supplying the loans needed by the bi.si-
. .. men of Canada, the Canadian banks loan to the busi-
t- >s :, en of the United States, C nba and other countries
from :>J5,ooo,Qoo to $30,000,000.

.i« 1 lition to banking facilities, the country has felt the
need U- .,rther .acihtios in the transference of money. The
*■'•'. '-"''■' : " •" '^ P^cd its duty, and has provided the

i''''"i<- *\ 'i I ystcm of money orders and of registering
c aT> / greatly facilitates the operations of business.
The I r of registered letters sent by the post office
a '.horitv. u. .,03 was 5.470,600, against 704,700 in 1868.

In 1868 th. business transacted by the 515 money order
.^rfices m Cann.la amounted to $3,443461, of which
J«^,95o.763 was payable in Canada, $303,118 in other coun-
tries, and $90,580 received from other countries.

In 1903 there were 2,125 money order offices, and the
total volunie of transactions was $31,472.7^. of which
jio,76i,078 represented business done within Canada.
;^<., 140.000 business initiated in Canada and paid in other
countries, and $4,604,000 business initiated in other coun-
tries and paid in Canada.

By countries, the United States and other foreign
countries m 1903 received and sent $8,331,077, the transac-
tions between C anada and tl.e United States representing
$, ,466,2,7 of that amount. The Mother Country and other
parts of the British Empire received and sent $2,412,850

The business done with the United States by this
medium IS divided into : Canada receiving from the United
States $3,783,900 and sending $3,682,300.

A Postal Note system was inaugurated in 1808. These

rfcenr "^'t," ^"'" r'" ^r ^ "P '° ^5.00, beginning with

2c cents. They offer a cheap and convenient means of

nsin.lting small amounts through the mails. The total

Twin 1'ai.i.!*, nkar I-iki.I), B.C.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

number of these notes sent in 1903 was 1,196,563, and the
value was $2,046,100. Odd cents are made up by affixing
postage stamps. These notes can be obtained at 6,200 of
the 10,150 post offices in the Dominion.

Banks and express companies also issue notes payable
in Canada and outside countries, the rates of the express
companies being from 3 cents for $3.00 to 30 cents for $75.00
to $100.00.

The facilities for the transmission of money are there-
fore ample, and equal to the smaller operations of trade as
well as to the largest financial movements.

Telegraphs and Telephones.

Further to assist the business and add to the convenience
of the people, the country is well supplied with the tele-
graph and the telephone systems.

The telegraph system is in the hands of companies, the
Government unly owning and operating those lines which
have been built in furtherance of the public service between
places where the traffic could not be expected to be suffi-
cient to compensate private outlay, but where public in-
terests require that there shall be communication, especially
in connection with the signal and other stations established
by the Marine Department along the shores of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, the Maritime Provinces and British Columbia
and the more distant portions of the Northwest Terri-
tories.

The total number of land lines and of cables owned by
the Government in 1903 was 6,293 miles, 397 miles being
cables.

In British Columbia and the Yukon Territory the
Government has 3,000 miles in operation. The remaining
mileage is divided among the Great Lakes, the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, the Bay of Fundy and the north shore of the
Lower St. Lawrence River.

Its

(.•ANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The Government lines are used by the Government for
purposes connected with quarantine, the fisheries and the
fisheries protection service. Daily reports are sent from
the stations in connection with the fisheries of the several
Eastern Provinces to one central station, where the move-
ments of the fish are charted, and ther telegraphed to the
principal fishing localities of the provinces.

The companies between them own over 30,000 miles of
telegraph line and 90,000 miles of wire ; have 2,700 offices
and send and receive five and a half million messages. The
accommodation thus afl^orded is equal to any country
Canada having a telegraph office for each group of 2,026
persons, wkile the United States has one for each group of
3.349. Great Britain one to every 3,834, France one to every
3.273. and Germany one to every 2,842.

62 o?whfch^^T """"'"""J' ""^" '^'' ^°"*^°' °f companies.

from CO o .. ''.'"°"f ~^'' '''' ^'•°""^- The return
from so of these show that in 1902 there were 1.800 offices

mlS' ? f '"struments. 135,861 miles of wire on le.ooc^
miles of poles, and that the number of messages sent was

utn h';.' "'^"^- '^'^^ *^'^P"°- ^y^tem is largely

?ame'rsi "^"S"^'"^'^ '"^''^ '•-^' districts, ^the

maTts to T"" '' ^''"^ P"' '■" '^'"^^ *°"^h with the
markets, to their very great benefit.

Insurance.

When men have ships at sea or valuable buildings on

.^ flJ ' '^'y '"'"'^ '"^ P^^^'^^^ ^°'-' ^"^1 ^^e able to

afford the expenditure, they effect insurance, fire, marine
lite, accident, etc. "«».iin,.

In many respecis, therefore, insurance is a test of ad-
vancement.

The companies doing business in insurance in Canada
are obliged to procure a license from the Dominion authori-
ties authorizing them to transact business. Before the
license can be issued, securities to the amount of $50000 if

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

IJ'.i

a Canadian company, and $100,000 if incorporated outside
of Canada, must be deposited with the Government to
ensure the performance of their ohUgations by the com-
panies. The amounts so deposited form a total of nearly
$50,000,000, four-fifths of which is for the security of persons
holding life insurance.

The Superintendent of Insurance had (1902) 104 com-
panies* under his supervision.

50 of these do Life insurance business.

" Life insurance Cassessment plan).

" Fire insurance business.

" Inland marine

" Ocean marine

Accident insurance "

Guarantee "

Steam boiler "

Plate glass "
" Burglary guarantee insurance busi-

ness.
"■ Registered mail insurance business.

" Sickness insurance business.

5
I

4
I

3
10

It was not till 1804 that Canadians deemed themselves
wealth' enough to secure insurance against fire.

The first company to offer insurance against fire to the
people of Canada was the Phoenix of London, which began
business in Halifax in 1804. The first bill relating to fire
insurance in Ontario— then Upper Canada— was passed in
1831.

In the first year of Confederation, year ended June 30th,
1868, the amount at risk in the several companies reporting
to the Dominion Government was equal to $56 per head of
the then population. In 1871 it was $65 ; in 1881, $107 ;
in 1891, $158, and in 1901, $194. The total amount at risk
increased from $188,000,000 in 1869, to $1,140,813,000 on
1st January, 1904.

* Some of thesf <lo more than oue kind of iiisuraiice business.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

The companies (loinsj active Fire In«.,rn„„ i •
Canada number 76- nf wJ„v insurance h.ismess in

••uMiuci 30, 01 Which were rninrlinn ,^ r> -x- 1

and 8 I'nited Stit,.>; 'n, «^anaciian, 19 Bntisli.

pr™,U„„. dl'r;. .veni''(:V.-Zr;l''"' '"■'''■" '"

Canadian companies

United Kingdom * <0.069,814

United States 117,197.682

19,802,946

Total

1177,070,442

They have paid for lossp<! • r,.,. i-
$2-'4i8SiS . TT V 1 r.. '°^^^s . Canadian compan es

*-,346,.54. The .oL/ kw^^/^ t^Vrc^ , :[
the premiums. In one vear /'i«^^\ ^ ^ "*' °'

?4.;.7,ooo „,„r. than the prcn,,u'„s rec i ed iT^^ "

annuM has increased "ghf to' '"Z'T. '*"'■' P"
the total amount o! life insurlre i„ , "" '"™''

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. ui

has been by the more ffeneral employment of hfe insurance.
In 1878 there were 50,781 policies in force, having an
average value of $1,670; in 1902 there were 20Q.511 policies
in force, with an average value of $1,745.

The development of the insurance business in all its
branches is a fair index of the development of Canada in all
the ways in which the growth of nations expresses itself.
In i86q the total premiums paid by the people for the
various forms of protection of life and propertv the subject
of insurance were under four million dollars. ' In 1002 the
amount paid in premiums was 31 million dollars.

Since Confederation the people of Canada have indulged
largely in the luxury of insurance in all its forms, having
paid in all 430 million dollars in the form of premiums.

The amounts deposited bv the companies with the Gov-
ernment and with trustees for the protection of asstirers
made up at the end of 1002 the sum of $46,523,210. distri-
buted : Fire and Inland Marine, $7.o7t!7oo ; Life.
$3^.330.300 ; Accident, Guarantee, etc.. $1,121,204.

For the protection of the shipping that resorts to our
harbors, and for the development of the St. Lawrence River
as a route to the interior o' this continent, and as part of the
great Canadian highwav between Europe and Asia, the
country has supplied itself with securities to navigation
rendering the several approaches to Canada from the
Atlantic and from the Pacific Oceans as safe as the
approaches to any of the great ocean terminals in anv part
of the world.

The light-house system of Canada is free for all nations
w:thnut payment of dues of any kind. It is extensive
n-pldly expanding, and is maintained in a high degree of
efficiency.

In T867 there were loR light stations. 227 light-houses
and two fog whistles in the Dominion, as then constituted'
In 1903 there were 7:^4 light stations. 963 light-houses ;

143

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

fop whistles, hells, fop horns, etc, etc., 94. The whole
number of persons enpaped in the outside service lookinp
after the "liphts of Canada" was 2,027.

With this staff, and at an averape expenditure of about
one million dollars a year, the ports and harbors of the sea
coasts, the rivers and the Great Lakes are looked after, and
rendered safe for the mariner in storm -^r fop. There are
3,200 miles of sea coast and 2,600 miles of inland coast pro-
vided with fog whistles, bell buoys, automatic buoys,
ordinary buoys and beacons. Steel coast-buoys have been
substituted for the ancient wooden ones, and the districts
buoyed number about 340, with 3,600 buoys.

Gas buoys are provided in the St. Lawrence, in Pelee
Passage, Lake Erie, and in Parry Sound.

Twelve or fifteen steamers are employed in this service,
and they are constantly on the move examininp the buoys,
visiting the light-houses and the humane establishments,
and inspecting the lifeboat stations.

Of course many thousands of miles of Canada's coast
line included in the Hudson Bay line and other parts have
not been lighted, the requirements of navigation not yet
embracing these regions.

xni.

TRADE AND COM.MF.R<F

The Canadian fi^ral year ends on the 30th June. During
the 36 years of Confederation, from 1868 to 1903, both yers
included, the total export and import trade of Canada was
$7,296,565,753, making an average of ? ;' \682,40o a year.
The total external trade for the year end 30th June, 1903,
was $467,064,685, an increase of 135 pci cent, over the
average.

fANADIAN HANDBOOK. 143

The profjrcssivc flcvclopincnt of tlic external trade is
seen in the following figures :
seen in the following tigures :

Annual avernge for 10 years, 1888-1877 $17<.014,<19

1878-1887 195.884,782

Year 1898-1900 (3 years) 336,884,728

Year 1901-3 (3 years) 426,959,428

During the first ten years the total trade avcraped $47.80
p.r head; in the second period, $44.51 ; in the third period,
$46.47 ; in 1808-1900, $63.85 ; and in ioor-3 it was $77.50.

The imports during the first ten years averaged $27.06
|.er head ; during the second, $24.15 ; during the third, $24.28.
In i8o8-if)00 they were $31.23 per head, and in 1001-3, $39.32
per head.

The dutiable imports averaged $17.26 per head in the
first ten years, $18.11 in the second, and $15.65 in the third
nf the decades. In 1808-1000 they were $18.72 per head and
in 1001-3 $23.67. The imports free from duty averaged $9.81
per head in the first ten years, $6.04 in the second, and $8.63
i:i the third. In 1808-1000 they were $11.40 per head, and
in 1901-3 $14.52.

The percentage of dutiable imports to the total was, in
the first period,'66.2 per cent. ; in the second, 75.9 per cent. ;
in the third. In 1808-1000 they were $11.40 per head, and
and in 1001-3 it was 60 per cent.

Dividing the articles imported into classes, the results
of analvsis for the past 18 years are :

Annual average 15 years, 1886-1000, compared with
annual average for 3 years, 1001-2-3 :

A — Articles of food an<1 anltT)al.<«, annual average,

1888-1900 121,008,093

1901-1903 29,197,711

I! — Artlcle.s In a crude condition which enter
the v;irioUB processes of home Industry,

1886-1900 23.976.460

1901-1903 40.852,280

C — Articles wholly or partially manufactured for
use as materials In the manufactures

and mechnnlcTl arts ...1886-1900 19,664,500

" •• 1901-1908 39,582,467

144

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

D— Artlrlei manufactured and ready for eon-

iiumptlon 18««-1900 41,114.772

1901-1903 7B.B98,123

K — Articles of voluntary use. luxuries. Ac,

18R6-1900 0,857.145

" " " 1901-1903 14,436,2R«

In the Ist class (A) the free Roods averatred,

15 years 18S8-1900 (l,7«7,3r>0

1901-l!t03 9.B10,271
In the 2nd clasi (B) the free goods avcrnned.

15 years 19.113.157

1901-1903 33.862,9!«1
In the 3rd class (C)

15 years 7,424.205

1901-1903 19,420,735
In the 4th class (D)

IS years «.207,923

1901-1903 15,835,847 .
In the Bth class (E)

15 years 518.04.'?

3 years, 1901-1903 770,r.93

The customs duties arc levied on tlio invoice value of
tlie articles.

P.v classes these ditties are :

ri.TH« A— Customs duties, annual nvernRe, 15 yrs. $3,«39,fi2!

1901-1903 5,486.019

C\t\nt B — Customs duties, nnnufil nvernRC, 15 yrn. 1,089.441

1901-1903 1,771.943

f'Inss C— Customs duties, annual average. 15 yrs. 2.952.242

1901-1903 4,021.6Sr;

Class D— Customs duties, annual average. 15 yrs. 9.K90.07!i

" " 1901-1903 14.504.1fir.

Cl.TSS K— Customs duties, annual avemge, 15 yrs. 4,792,744

1901-1903 7,463,86."?

The principal articles imported in Class A arc hroad-
stiiffs, fruits, provisions, sug^ars. tea.

The principal articles in Class B are coal, cotton, wool.
drupes and dyes, fur skins, hides, ores of metals, hemp Cun-
dressed"), lopfs (round and manufactured), timher. crude
ruhber, seeds, raw silk, unmanufactured tobacco and raw
wool.

The principal imports under Class C are brass, cement,
copper, cottons, drugs and chemicals, furs, iron and steel.

fA.VAIUAN HANDn<i'>K,

1<5

jtito, clotli and yarn, U-a'l Ic.iilur, liiuiluT ami t imIkt.
iii.irldc, nu'tals. nils, paim » an<l ckImps, {>lait>* (-traw),
|>..tash, Inilia nil>l)cr (I'lastic wthliinf;). salt, stmic, wi.i.l,
UfHillin j;(M)(l.s, ami zinc.

The principal articKs in (las- I) an- aKricultiir.il tniplo-
tiu-nts, |>rintc<t Ixxiks ami pcritHlicais, hrass manufactnrt's,
buMims and hriislu's, buttons, carriajjcs, wapjrons, bicycles,
clocks aud clock cases, combs, copju r manufacttircs, corks,
cottons, eartlicnware nn! cliina, electric meters and motors
fi>binplim s and twine- inr (niannf.icturcd), lla x, hemp and
jute manufactures, gloves and mitts, {gunpowder and otlur
explosives, nutta pen ha manufactures, hats, caps and
bonnets, iron ami steel manufactures, lead manufactures,
leather manufactiue-, metal manufactures, optical instru-
ments, paper maniif ntures, printim^ ji'isses, ships' boilers,
soap, telephone instriinieti' -.. luines, natchcs, webbing,
\v«x)d manufacture.^ a-x wi .ilen mamsfacuires.

In Class !•: the prir.ci)).!. im, ^rts arc ale, beer and porter,
carpets, unculoured cotton fabrics, curnins, fancy goods,
gold and silver manufactuies, jewellery, musical instru-
ments, paintings, drawings aud engraving-, silk manufac-
tures, si)irits and wines and manufactured tobacco.

Comparing the results obtained from the compil,-*;ni. < i
thcHe tables with those obtained by a similar division '' ti,
imports of the Cnited States, it is found as follows :

Pkr cknt. ok Each Class to Tota!. Impohts.
AvBHACK ot Five Ykars.

A. Articles of food and animals

B. " in crude state

C. " wholly or partially manufactured.

M\\y/////^'^'.'.'.'.[['.'.'.'/.'.'.'.'.'.'.' '''..'''''' '

T'niled
States

25.31
.36.20
9.40
l(i.4(i
1.3.6:!

Canada

i«.2:i

2((.06

It). 49

36.84

7.38

T"!

1« CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

This analysis sliows that Canada is less dependent than
tile United States uii outside countries for articles of food
and animals, that she buys from outside countries more
articles in a wholly or partially manufactured state for use
as materials for manufacturing, and less of articles in a
crude state for manufacturing purposes. This fact, com-
bined with the fact that Canada imports of Class D a
much larger proportion than the United States indicates
that the Dominion has not reached the high state of de-
velopment as a manufacturing country attained by the
United States. Tiie gradual increase in the proportion of
crude and partially manufactured articles shows that the
country is following the same lines as the United States,
and is slowly but surely becoming a self-supporting country!

The countries from which Canada chiefly imports what
she wants are : Great Britain and other parts of the British
Empire and the United States. I'rom these two countries
Canada obtained in 1903 for home consumption $202,615,195,
leaving $3i,i7';,05o for all other countries to supply, Ger-
many supplied $12,282,637; France, $6,580,029, and all other
countries, $12,312,384, of which amount China, Japan, Bel-
gmm, Spain, Italy and Argentina sent $6,996,957.

In the ten year period. 1893 to 1903, the countries from
which Canada imported stood relatively as follows :

1893 Imported from British Empire 87.73 per cent

"^"•'3 ■' " J'oreij;n Countries (i'2.27 "

l^'-* " " Uritish Empire 27.00 "

^^^ " " t'oreign Countries 73.00 "

In 1897 the Dominion of Canada provided a preferential
tarifj, under which goods coming from Great Britain and
some other Treaty Powers should be admitted at a lower
rate than those of other countries. The Parliament of
Canada in 1898 made a change in the preferential tariff
clause, by which imports from Great Britain, the British
West Indies and other portions of the Empire, come into
Canada on payment of a duty of customs 25 per cent, less
than that levied on foreign countries. This came into

CANADIAN l.ANDBOOK. 14?

operation on ist August, 1898. Subsequently the prefer-
ence was enlarged to 33 1-3 per cent. The results have
been highly satisfactory.

The purchases of Canada from the Mother Country,
which had fallen in 1897 to under 30 million dollars, from
6Ry2 millions in 1873, rapidly increased. In lyoi they were
43 million dollars ; in 1902, $49,200,000, and in 1903 nearly
59 million, a rate of increase which leads to the belief tliat
in the near future the palmiest period of the past will be
surpassed.

The total export trade of the Dominion during the period
1868-1903 (inclusive) amounts to $3,895,626,927, including
domestic and foreign produce and coin and bullion. Of
this amount $355,736,926 represents foreign exports and
$191,447,418 coin and bullion and short returns, leaving
$3,348,442,583 as the domestic export of Canada to be
analyzed.

This export trade is divided as under :

Export of the Mine f 287,17s,413

" " Fisheries 282,781,455

" Forest 880,284,770

" Animals.. 958,707,222

" Agriculture 702,228, 1 iW

" Manufactures 22">,129441

" Miscellaneous 12,i;5.S,119

Total $3,348,442,58.3

Taking them in their several branches, mines contributed
8.6 per cent. ; fisheries, 8.4 per cent. ; forest, 26.3 per cent. ;
animals and their products, 28.6 per cent. ; agriculture, 20.9
per cent. ; manufactures, 6.7 per cent.

The exports of the products of the mine show a large
increase during recent years. The Dominion began its life
with an export of a million and a quarter dollars of mineral
products. It did not get above 6 millions till 1895. In the
last three years the annual average export has been over 35
million dollars.

148

<^A.VADIAN HANDBOOK.

The exports of the tisluTies havt- increased, the yearly
average of the past 36 years beinp 8 niillkins of .lollars, ami
the average for the last two years of the series $12,970,000.
The exportable surplus of the forest assets of the Domi-
nion averages for 36 years $24,430,000 a year. The largest
year in the record is KJ03, when the exports attained the
value of $36,400,000.

Manufactures indicate first that the exportable surplus
in 36 years was $225,130,000, and, second, that this export-
able surplus has increased rapidly during recent years. The
exports of the workshops of Canada formed 6.7 per cent, of
the total of the exports in that period. They formed 11.3
per cent, of the exports of the last three years, showing a
considerable gain in volume.

The largest exportable surplus Canada has is that drawn
from the operations of the farmers in the two branches of
live stock and produce of the fTelds, orchards and gardens.
These two branches supply $i,f)6o,935,4i5 of the t.,tal
exports of Canada during 36 years. Thus during this
period within a fraction of one half of the surplus available
for export has come from the labours of the farmers o{ the
Dominion, numbering (by last census) 487,133. During
the last three years of the 36 year period the exports of the
farm have somewhat receded from their earlier jiosition, and
form under 40 per cent, of the whole exjwrts, the exports
ot the mine, the fisheries, the forest and the workshop f,,rm-
ing a larger proportion than in the earlier years.

'ihe si)ecific articles connected with the farm wliich
show great increa.se in exi)orts are (1) provisions, which
increased as under: —

Export of ProviMons.

'^^ $ s.m2.r»2

'^"^ «.i/4.-'3()

'**^ i-'.««)5..W

'*^^ -'•'.7■-^<»73

"^^ 50,463.. 23

CANADIAN HANDBOOK. M»

Tlif st'iotnl !ist f>f si)ccific articles which show great in-
crease art' fjraiiis and proihicts of grains, as follows: —

Export of Canadian Grains and Grain Products.

1H68 $12,131,705

1878 16,471,657

is«« 11,919.379

i8f)8 2»),440,5r)<)

if^3 34491.7^^-'

Anntlier class (»f exports of the farm which has developed
rapidly is fruits.

Export of Canadian Fruits.

r«68 $ 87.333

1878 I49.'^^3

1888 857,995

1808 1,709.360

1903 3.691.214

I'his biisiiuss is as yet in its infancy. There were,
acc(»rdin>f to tlie census of irjoi, of fruit trees of various
kinds 21,278.465. of which 15 millions were apple trees. Of
the total. f).304.402, or a1>out 30 per cent., were not of bear-

in.e: ajjc.

In the X ports of i>r.>visions that of cheese stands high.
(i>^< :it I'.ritain imports over 300 million pounds weight, and
(. im^H siif>fdios over 77 per cent, of the whole.

Ih a general way it may be stated that about half of
( ai.ada's exports are from the farm, over one quarter from
tlie forest, and tlio remainder from the mines, the fisheries
and the wi >rl<shoi)s.

\\ ith respect to tlic destinations of these exports, the
Tnifcd Kingdom has taken during the 36 years close to 60
per cent., witli an upward tendency. The l-nited .States
took in )W)8 55 per cent, of our e.x{)orts ; in 1878, 36 per

t ti

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

cent.; in 1888, 49 per cent.; in 1898, 27 per cent, and in
1903. 31 per cct. Other countries begfnnine in ^^ wi h
o per cent, have continued to receive about ^he saTe^er
ccntage of our exports. ^

Taking the Britisl, Empire, the average percentaee of
exports from the Canadian portion to the^others is efper

The growth of the external trade of Canada is seen
in the followmg comparison:—

Relative Percentage of Growth of Trade of the Under-
mentioned Countries for Seven Years (1895-1902).

Percentage
Increase. of Growth.
Cana,,a (,8.;6-,903) $..7,896, ->5 103.45

CapeCoiony.-: ^Sf^'f" ^'""

United States (aV;;8;^:o,i 7^"^ l^'^l

Germanv' ■.::■.■. Z'^''^ ^^^

Belguim. 683.1u.578 38.59

ArgLina :.■:.•:: '^sr^'^ 34.84

Switzerland ... ^'^^f^ 3i.3i

United Kingdom :::::::•• sJ/J.ltt T"

France ... ^^^ASSJOZ 26.29

300,875,900 21.98

. . . />u/,uf.s Mai nnports, not nn,.orUM home consun,p,ion only.

Note.-Tmports for home consumption and exports of
clomest,c merchandise in all cases unless otherwise stated

The exports of Canada were equal to $17.72 per head
o the populafon in :869: to $19.44 per head in ',878
S3'...7 per hea.I ,n 189S. and to 3^0.85 per head in IQ03

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.
XIV.

151

THE CITIES OF CANADA.

Tie following are the cities and towns of the Dominion
of Canada having, according to the census of looi, a popu-
lation of 5,000 and upwards. For purjioscs of comparison
the populations by the previous census-takings are given.
Wherever necessary the annexations of territory have been
taken into account, so as to give for each census-taking as
exact a comparison as is possible : —

Barrie . ,

Belleville

Berlin

Brandon

Brantford

Brockville ,

Chatham

Charlottetown ....

CoUingwood

Cornwall

Dawson City ,

Fredericton

Gait

Glace Bav

Guelph..'

Halifax

Hamilton

Hull

Kingston

Lachine

Levis

Lindsay

London

Mile End

Moncton

Montreal

Nanaimo

Nelson

New Westminster .

Ottawa

Owen Sound

Pembroke

Peterborough

1871

3,398

7,;«).i

L'74:l

8,107
5,101'

8,807
2,S-i9
L',0;«

«,0OC.
;{ 827

6.878

29,58-'

26,880

3,800

12,407

1,696

6,(i91

4,041)

18,000

800

600

II.'i.(Xl0

•-•4,141
.•5,.'«H^
1..WK

4,tin

1881

4.S.->4
!>,.il6
4,ft54

9,8«10
36,100

6,890
14,0«tl
2,4(MJ
7..-.H7
.^,0S0
'.'li,2tWJ
1 .."..",7

1.M.238

1891

5..V>0
9,916
7,42.5
.S,778

12.75:!
8,791
9,0.->2

11. .373
4,9:59
6,80.".

6,.W2

7. •'»:(.">

2,4.V.t
10,.537

:!8.4:t7

48,9.->9

11.264

19,263

3,761

7,301

6,0M

:!l,'t77

:?,.".37

8.7112

219,616

l,.">0t)
31,;M)7

4,4-.'i;

2,820
ii.S12

6.678

44.1.'>4

7,497

4.401

■.',717

1901

.5,949

9,117

9,747

5.;!80

16,619

8.940

9,068

12,080

.5,7.5.")

6.704

9,142

7,117

7866

6'945

ir49<5

40'832

.52'6.34

l:!'99:!

17*961

6'r>61

7,783

7.003

:!7,9S1

10.933

9.026

2<i7,730

6,130

.5,27:'.

6,4<«

.59.928

s,776

5, 1 ni;

11.239

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Quebec

Kat PortaKe

Roislauil

Ste. Cunegontle .

at. Catharines . .

St. Henri

St. Hyadnthe...

St. John

St. Thomas

Sarnia

SaultSte. Marie.

Sherbrooke

Smith'! Falls. . . .

Sorel

Springhill

Stratford

Sydney

Toronto

Three Riven

Toronto Junction .

Truro

Valley field

Vancouver

Victoria

Westmount

Windsor

Winnipeg

Woodstock, Ont..
Yarmouth

1871

1881

18U1

5»,««9 62,440

63,0{K)
1,806

1,600
7,864
2,815
.•{,746
41,32.i
2,107
2,02})
879
4,4.(2
1,150
5,630

4,840
0,(!31
6,4 lo
5,321
41, .tS.!
«,»I7
3,874
780
7,227
2,087
O.701

1,313

8,2:10

.W.dOO
7,.-)70

ft), 106
8,070

9,291

0,170

13,413

7,016

.10,170

10,306

0,092

2,414

10,110

3,8(i4

0,609

4,813

9,5(10

2,427

181,215

8,:m

1,800

3,461
3,006

3,270
200

4,25;5
241

8,982

2,600

5,925

884
6,.'i«51
7,085
5,373
3,486

6,102

6,.'>15

1.3.709

16,841

3,076

10,.'{22

25,6:50

8,012

8,080

1001

08,840
6,202
0,150
10,012
9,IM0
21,102
0,210
40,711
11,485
8,176
7,160
11,766
6,1.55
7,a57
5,178
0,0.')9
O.IHW
208,040
0,!)«1
6,001
5,003
11,055
20,133
20,816
8,856
12,163
42,340
8,83:1
6,4:10

MONTREAL

is the chief city of Canada. It is huiit i,|,„r .-, series „f
terraces, marking the former levels „f the river, and is
nearly four miles lonjj hy two broad. ^^olmt Roval, which
nses 700 feet al.ove the river level, forms a magnificent
baekjfround to the busy city. Its hotels and public buil.l-
ms:s are fine, and Dr. W. M. Russell years uf;o pronounced
Its quays '• nnperial in their proiK)rfion „"

Fourteen lines ni steamships trade ref,ndarly t,. the port.

i'ANAUIAN HANUIMIOK. 1J3

The .statistics of tlu- business of the jiort arc as fulluw : —

YciirH

IH.M) I ?ll

I "ISO I 710

I ^m5 B2»

l.>90 74«

I81».'> (MO

l!»00 :•.»«

IIKKI HO*.'

Sea-
(ioitiK
Vcsselg
Arrived

ToUl
TonnaKC

Merchanilitte
l-:x|)ortetl

4».IM
628,271

(>KI,K54

<t:m,;i3*j
I ,o«Hi,as«

I,31>:i,NM6

i.mto.txM

9 1,744,772
30,3:H,9IM
25,274,«>N
32,027,176
■tO,;!4K,l97
tift,3 14,197
1 05, 84 1,1 04

MrrchamliM?
Iniporteii

9 7,174,7S0

:i7,ia;.B9

37,4(«,t„0
45. 15)1, r4
4l,Wm,6K6

«M,:.60..<it;>

W), 1 83,449

Muiitrial is the centre of the >;re;it railway systems of
C"ana<Ia. 'I"he (irand Trnnk, C'anacUan Pacific and Canadian
(iovernnuMit railways have tluir head(|uarters in this city.
The Central Vermont and Stiuth-Eastern railways connect
the two systems first mentioned with the railways of the
lunstern and iVntral Tnited States. llesides these, there
arc several minor roa<ls centreing there, ten railway lines
in all converginR ou Montreal. It is the most important
manufacturing city in the Dominion, having large and
varied industries, which give employment to many thou-
sands of artizans.

TORONTO

is the largest city on the Canadian side of the great lakes.
It is the scat of the law courts, and the centre of education
for the great Province of Ontario. Entered by six rail-
w.ivs. converging from different jioints of the compass,
possessing a fine harbour, situate<l in the centre of a rich
agricultural district, and being at once the religious, educa-
tional, political, literary, legal, and commercial centre of
llie most populous i>r<)vince of the Federation, it has ad-
\anced with great rapidity. Its pojjulation in igoj was
208,040. Its growth is manifest by the returns. The
value of as.sessed pro|)erty in 187S was $4<;.<)5.V765 ; for 1886
it was $72,721,559, and for i(>oi, $130,400,000.

MKROCOPV RKOWTION TEST CHART

(ANSI and ISO TEST CHART No. 2)

1.0

1.1

1*5

ISO

US
■it

1 4.0

|Z5

12.2

1.8

J /APPLIED INA^GE Inc

5; 1653 Eost Main Strejl

r.S Rochester. Ne» York 14609 USA

S (7 . 6) 482 - 0300 - Phone

S (716) 288-5989 -Fox

154

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

QUEBEC.

The city of Quebec is passing through a period in its
history, such as all the old garrison towns of Canada have
passed through since the withdrawal of British troops In
addition, It has had to experience the sharp rivalry of Mont-
real made the keener in consequence of the improvement
of the channel between the two cities. The effects wc-c
seen in the small increase in the population in 1891, com-
pared with the pr. vious census taking. The construction
of raihyays, and the development of manufactures and in-
terprovincial trade during the last twelve or fifteen years
have given the Ancient Capital a fresh start. The extent
to which it I'as suffered through the successful absorption
of is trade by Montreal may be judged by the fact that,
while in 1876 the tonnage entered outwards for sea was
711.386 tons, in 1903 it was but 546,173 tons; Montreal in
the same years increasing from 368,925 tons in 1876 to
1,891,000 tons in 1903. The Canadian Pacific Railway has
extended its facilities to Quebec, thus (K^nnecting it directlv
with tJie great Northwest by rail.

OTHER CITIES.

andl" fit "t'.i" '•'^.^^^'■'■^""^ rVovinces are Halifax
and St. John. Both are fine ocean ports. The harbour of

ot the Empire. It ,s easy of access for ships of every class

all Europe. It runs inland over fifteen miles, and afte-
pn.sing the city, suddenlv expands into Bedfo d Basii 1.
beautiful sheet of water, coverine an arr^ J I
."iles. c.^l.tely land-lcked. 'SJIIk^ ^^Zi'lZ:,
station of British North America, and the only ea ern c tv
now occupied by Imperial troops. The citv arcni-irhnr ^
protected by eleven difrerent%ortificatioi s Vi e^U^^^^
powerful battcnes. Large stores of munitions of la" oJ

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

155

all kinds, includinfj torpedoes, are kept there by the Imperial
Gcvcrnment. It has of late years made rapid strides in manu-
facturing. St. John, the commercial capital of the Province
of New Brunswick, is admirably situated at the mouth of
the River St. John, has a harbour open nil the year round,
regular steam communication with all parts, and railways
running east, west and north. It has extensive maritime
and manufacturing interests, and is the centre of the lumber
trade of the country watered by the St. John River. It
suffered severely in 1877 from a fire which reduced the busi-
■ess portion to ashes, but with characteristic energy the
people set to work to rebuild their city, and it now forms
an active, progressive conrnunity. The population of
Halifax and of St. John is about the same — each 42,000.

According to the census of 1901 Hamilton was the fifth
most populous city of Canada. It is one of the most
rapidly growing and enterprising cities in the Dominion,
beautifully situated on the south-western curve of Burling-
ton Bay, at the western extremity of Lake Ontario, and has
superior facilities for becoming a large manufacturing city,
being accessible from all points by railway and lake navi-
gation, and being situated in the centre of the finest grain-
producing region of Ontario. In 1901 it had an assessed
value of $27,100,000.

London, the westernmost city in Ontario, is splendidly
situated on the River Thames, in the County of Middlesex.
Sixty years ago its present site was a wilderness ; now it is
a fine city, regularly laid out, having wide streets well built
upon with handsome buildings, with an assessed value of
$17,300,000. It has good railway communication with all
parts of Canada. The aim of its founders was to reproduce
in Canada the names associated with the London. Accord-
ingly, it has its Pall Mall, Oxford, vVaterloo, and Clarence
Streets; Westminster and Blackfriars Bridges. London
(Canada) is surround-d by a rich agricultural country, fur-
nishing it with a large trade in wheat and other produce.

1S<

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

Within its borders arc miiiuTmis manufactories, mills,
machine shops, fomulries, breweries, banks, asyhims|
colleges, etc.

Ottart-a, the seat of the I'e.Ieral Covernment. is the
entrepot of the great lumber trade of the Ottawa River and
Its tributaries, and on the piling grounds around the
Lhaudiere Talis there is always a st.jck of lumber estimated
at 125,000,000 feet. Tc, keep these filled to their fullest
capacity a number of mills cluster around the falls, empl.iy-
ing, some of them, over a thousand men ; supplied with the
finest machinery: lighted with powerful electric lights by
the aid of which work during the season is maintained with-
out ceasing both day and night. The extent of the lumber
trade of this region, of which Ottawa is the centre may
be estimated by the fact that, during the past sixteen yeans
an annual average of 3,785,000 pine .ogs has passed down
from the Upper Ottawa and its tributaries. The city itself
is also lighted by electricity. Its population is over
60,000, and the assessed value in 1901 was $25,100,000.

The buildings' belonging to the Federal Government are
the chief attraction of Ottawa ; the main one. situated on
a high bhiflf which juts out into the Ottawa river is the
Parliamentary. It contains the Senate Chamber and House
of Commons. The dimensions of these halls are the same
as those of the House of Lords, viz., 80 bv 45 feet ; hey are
lighted by the electric light. The whoie building, wirch
is 500 feet in length, is constructed of a light-colored sand-
stone, the walls and arches being relieved with cut stone
dressings of sandstone, and with red sandstone. The
library, a circular building, constructed after the plan of
the library of the P.ritish M: :,eum, has a dome 90 feet high
and is in the rear of the central tower, which is 2^0 feet
high.

Separated from the main building, an.l dist;.,, from
cither end about a hundred yards, are two departmental
buildings, each with a front of 3-5 feet in length. The
growth of departmental business, occasioned by the develop-
ment of the Northwest, has rendered necessary the con-

• ANAPtAN IIANDIIDOK.

l&T

structidii of a tliinl (lopartiiuiital Imildinu. which has a
front of 287 fict in length. 'riio I)uii(linj,'s toRether cover
aboiit four acres and cost over $5.()(xi,oco.

Ottawa is well connecteil with the rest of the Dominion
by railways, which run in every directi<»n. north, south,
cast and west. As illustrative of the extent of country
{governed fron. ( )ttawa, the distance of some of the cities
and towns of Canada from the capital m.iy be given: —
I'.attleford ( Xorthwest Territories), 2.3-'S miles; Calgary
(Xorthwest Territories), 2,141; Winnipeg (Manitoba),
1,302; Victoria (British Columbia), 2,871; Toronto, 261;
London, yj-j. Tiiese are western cities. Turning cast-
ward, Halifax is (^78 miles <listant from Ottawa ; St. Johir
835; Charlottetown (Prince Edward Island), i.f/io; Mont-
real, 120; and Quebec, 279 miles. By the aid of railways
and telegraph lines, cities as far apart as Charlottetown and
Victoria arc within hailing distance of the Capital.

Victoria, the capital of British Columbia, is a thriving
city with a winter population of 24,000. The seal-fur,
salmon canning, fish and lumber trades have been greatly
developed during recent years, and the harbours of Vic-
toria and Esquimau are thronged with shipping to an ex-
tent unknown a few years ago — an earnest of the business
that will be done there in the near future. The scenery
is marvellously fine; the climate salubrious, and sport
abundant. It boasts of being the most English town in
Canada. It has direct steam communication with San
Francisco. A submarine cable across the Gulf of Georgia
connects it with the main land, and thence with the other
Canadian cities. The telephone system and electric light
have been introduced, as is the case in most of the cities of
Canada. The assessed value of the city is about 21 mil-
lion dollars.

Vancouver is one of the rapidly growing cities of the
west coast. In 1886 it was practically non-existent. In
1889 it had - population of ^,000 and an assessed value of
property of ' .630,077. In kjoi the population was 26,133,
and its asseSiCd value over 18 million dollars.

Il!!l

i:^

CANADIAN HANUUUUK.

'ii:

Rosslaiid is another of tin- rapidly growing towns of
the mining regions of Canada. It was a town of 1,000 in-
habitantr. in 1895 and in 1901 it liad a population of 6,159
with an assessed value of over two million dollars.

The city of Winnipeg is of recent growth. Its popula-
tion in 1871 was 241 ; in 1881, 7,985; in 1891, 25,600, and in
1 90 1, 42,340-

The city is lighted by electricity and gas. It has gi>od
banking facilities, hotel accommodation, street cars, and
complete water and drainage systems. The main street,
100 feet wide, is paved with cedar blacks, over two miles
in length, and is one of the handsomest streets in Canada.
The city, like nearly all Canadian cities, is provided with
the electric fire alarm system, and the equipment of the
fire brigade is complete.

XV.
NEWSPAPERS.

There may have been a printing press in Canada before
the country was ceded to Great Britain in 1763. If tb re
was, it was here only temporarily, and was taken b- !
France before the English took possession.

There was a printing press in Halifax, Nova Scot .••
from it a newspaper was issued early in 1752. In Qutu^t
the first published newspaper was issued in mid-summer,
1764. New Brunswick followed in 1785; Prince Edward
Island in 1791. Upper Canada (now Ontario) did not
rejoice in a newspaper till [793. British Columbia sought
enlightenment from newspapers first in 1858; the North-
west Territories in 1850, and Manitoba in 1872. The
Yukon Territory had papers for the first time in 1898— the
" Klondike Nugget " and the " Midnight Sun."

anaimav iiani>h<»ok.

In iS^S '''^■'■^^ ^^'^'"'^ about loo publications in tbe shape
of peril. (lilals ;ii\<l ix.lilical newspapers, of wliicli about 30
were i)ublishe(i in Lower Canada, and the others in the
several provinces now constituting the Dominion, by far
the greater number in Upper Canada, now Ontario.

Tiic census of Canada for 1851 Rives the number rf
comi)ositors at 900. The census of 1891 pives the number
at 6,550.

In i8«5 Canada had 646 newspapers and periodicals
published within her borders.

Of the 646 papers published in 1885, daily were 71 ; tri-
weekly, semi, hi, and weekly, 484; semi-monthly, ij, and
monthly, 73.

In lyoo the total periodical press equipment of the
country was 1,251 publications. Of these 117 were issued
daily or oftener, 866 were semi, bi, and weekly papers, and
254 were semi-monthly and monthly.

In 1885 there were 7 journals published in German, 51
(of which 15 were daily) in French, the remainder being in
English. In 1898 there were 98 (of which 8 were daily)
published in French, 9 published in German, i in Danish, i
in Swedish, 3 in Icelandic, i in Gaehc, i in Chinook, and i
which employs three languages, Cree (Indian) French and
English.

According to provinces the number of newspapers and
periodicals were : —

1885

190t Increase

Ontario 3%

Quebec 1]^

Nova Scotia **^

New lirunswick ^^

Manitoba 28

rrince Edwanl Island 11

British Columbia •• °

Northwest Territories "

Total 646

679

28:$

195

1251

605

fANAPIAN HANDBOOK.

'!■!

Naturally the increase in the newer pruvinces is propor-
tionately greater than in the older.

The provinces of Ontario atn! Quebec hold relatively
nearly the same position as they did in 1885.

Taken by area Prince F.dward Island is the best news-
paper cultivated province in the Dominion, since she has
t)ne for every iil s<|uare miles of territory. Nova Scotia
comes next with one periodical for every .137 stjuare miles.
New IJrunswick has one for each 530 stjuare miles; Mani-
toba one for each 640; Ontario one for each 800 stjuarc
miles; Quebec ont for each 1,776 s(|uare miles, Hritish
Columbia has 6,000 stpjare miles for each journal ; the
Yukon 32,700 scptare miles.

Taking population for a basis of comparison, Ontario
began the present century with i periodical for each 3,200
of her population ; Quebec with 1 for each 8,355 of her
people; Manitoba one fur each 2,464; Nova Scotia one for
each group of 5,280; Jew Brunswick one for every 6,247;
Prince Edward Island one for each 5,736, and British
Columbia one for each 300 — ^^anitoba and liritish Columbia
thus standing at the head. The journals published in the
English language in the Province of Quebec numbered 104,
viz., 8 daily, 54 weekly, 7 semi-weekly, 32 monthlies and 3
quarterlies. Counting daily and "ceklv editions as separ-
ate publications, there were 95 Fi^ :h i)apers in the Pro-
vince of ( Htebec, viz., 53 weeklies, 4 semi and 2 tri-weeklies,
7 daily, 24 monthly and 6 semi-monthlies. Almost every
province had one or more papers published in the French
language, and in all there were 107 printed in French in
the Dominion, or about 8 per cent, of all the periodical press.
There were in other languages 19 papers — Danish, German,
Gaelic, Icelandic and Swedish, and one in Chinook anl one
in Indian, by name "Ongwo Onevv." One hundred and
six journals encourage the faithful to good denominational
works. Besides these strictly denominational works, there
were 30 which deal with religious ciuestions without refer-

III

* I

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

ence to denominations. Educatinnal questions were looked
after by 9 mr ithlies, a semi-monthlies and i semi-annual;
ai college and university journals.

Agricultural rnd farming interests were watched over
by 25 journals. There were 29 journals devoted to the
interests of Brotherhoods. Seventy-three devoted them-
selves to trad manufactures, mining and lumbering, 4 to
travel and transportation. Literature had 36 journals.
The medical and dental branches of human industry had
19 journals— 5 in French. There were 19 monthUes and
semi-monthlies catering to the boys and girl' . he country.
A couple of dozen assist the household, a -. 1: >our had 4
journals to look after its interests. Law h 4—2 in Eng-
lish and 2 in French ; insurance, 7.

XVL

ANIMAL LIFE AND HUNTING GROUNDS.

Canada has lon^ been looked upon as the sportsman's
paradise, possessing as it does so ■ rge a share of indigenous
animals. The stringe- .'ame laws of the Old World are
modified here, such lav of the kind as do exist having
reference to the " dme, or breeding season. Game here
is common prop' i ty ; it affords food for the settler, sport for
the ('"t.-'ple of S. Hubert, and the hunter and trapper each
find f. rniary proiit in its pursuit.

Wild beasts, or beasts of prey, such as panthers, wolves
and bears, although formerly abundant, are now rarely to
be found, except in the depths of the great northern forests,
or in the fastnesses of the mountain ranges. In the almost
untrodden depths of the Rocky Mountains and in the Sel-
kirk range in the Far West abundant trophies of the chase
can yet be obtained by the adventurous sportsman who
may turn his steps in that direction.

162

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

L,Mi

n %

The waters of Canada teem with wild fowl in the spring
and autumn, especially during the latter season, when
migrating to winter quarters in the South ; and, as to the
finny tribe, nowhere else on the American side of the
Atlantic can such fishing be had as the various provinces
of the Dominion afford.

To present to view as concisely as possible the advant-
ages Canada offers to the sportsman, it will be well to give
a description of the various kinds of animals and of the
chief hunting grounds.

Of wild animals, then, there are the panther, wild cat,
lynx, fox, wolf, bear, moose, cariboo, elk, deer, antelope,
mountain goat, mountain sheep, musk ox, buffalo, squirrel,
marmot, hare, rabbit, porcupine, raccoon and badger. Of
fur-bearing animals there are the fisher, sable, weasel,
ermine, mink, wolverine, otter, shunk, beaver, and, on the
sea coast, the seal.

t)f feathered game, there are grouse (known here as
partridge), prairie fowl, quail, geese, ducks, swans, brant,
curlew, snipe, woodcock, plover, pigeon, cranes; whilst of
hawks, eagles, owls, crows, and other carrion birds there
are many varieties. Of smaller birds, beautiful either in
plumage or for song, there is a vast abundance during the
summer, and the ornithologist may revel to his heart's con-
tent in collecting specimens of great beauty.

Of fish there are, in the bays and harbours of the coast,
mackerel, herring, cod, haddock, halibut (a species of
enormous turbot), hake, pollock, shad, smelt, and eels,
whilst of shellfish and lobsters there is an aljundant supply.
The rivers connecting with the sea on both the Atlantic
and Pacific coast contain splendid salmon trout, whitefisli,
niaskinonge, pike, pike-perch or dore, perch, bass, sturgeon,
and a variety of smaller fish, and all the mountain streams
are alive with brook trout.

Reptile life is not largely developed in Canada, a fact
due, probably, to the long period of cold weather prevalent,
and, apart from rattler -akes, which are now comparatively
rare, there arc no poisonous snakes of any consequence.

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

16$

Lizards are not numerous, and attain no great size, but
frogs and toads are abundant. The Menobranchus of the
great lakes, a peculiar water lizard with external gills, and
a similar reptile, the Siredon, in the lakes of the Northwest,
are remarkable species of this class of animal life. Leeches
infest the streams, especially in the Northwest, where they
cause much inconvenience to explorers, surveyors, and
others who have to travel over swampy ground and through
shallow pools.

Insect life is very abundant during the warm season, the
butterflies being beautiful in colour, and the beetles remark-
able for their marking and brilliant hues. Years ago the
locust and grasshopper of the Far West, at certain recur-
ring periods, swarmed in such myriads as to be a terror to
the district they invaded. Bred for the most part in the
arid central desert, as soon as they obtain their wings they
tcok the course of the wind in their flight, and carried de-
vastation wherever they settled. During recent years
there has not been a recurrence of this plague of the past.
Mosquitoes are the chief insect tormentors, but theit attacks
end with the dry heat of summer, although they are always
present in damp places. A large fly, known as " the bull-
dog," is troublesome, but not abundant, and flying ants are
apt to prove very annoying to the traveller over the W est-
ern plains.

Space is too limited to give more than a passing notice
to the larger animals respectively, and the description is
not written for scientific instruction, but simply for general
information.

The American panther, cougar, or catamount, corre-
sponds very nearly to the puma of South America. Tt was
known to the early discoverers of the New \\'orld as the
American lion, and was formerly abundant, hut is fast dis-
appearing before civilization. It is now heard of only
occasionally, an<l then only when an unusually severe winter
•deprives it of its prey and drives it out of tJie tangled

I I

164

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

swamps or the northern sohtudes. It is a dangerous ani-
mal to encounter, and when pursued will take refuge in a
tree, when it is apt to spring upon the hunter or his dogs.

The wild cat and lynx are fast disappearing in the older
provinces, but are common in the Far West, especially in
the country bordering on the Peace River.

Foxes are abundant everywhere, the common, or red
fox, being of little value, while the cross or silver foxes are
highly prized, especially the latter. They are shot or
trapped indiscriminately, but there are several well-organ-
ized hunt clubs in the Dominion, with their packs of hounds,
who carry on the good old sport. The kennels at Mont-
real are especially worthy of notice, and the sportsman pay-
ing them .1 visit is certain to receive a cordial welcome.

Wolves in the older provinces are only found on the out-
skirts of settlements, but, unless met with in packs, in
winter, they are great cowards. The grey wolf is a strong,
powerful animal and very cunning. In the Northwest they
are found on the prairie, around the willow thickets and
hiding in the long prairie dodging grass, but are abundant
in the great northern forest, where deer are to be found.
The prairie wolf or coyotte is a smaller animal and very
cowardly. It is common all through the prairie country,
and it may be seen frequently in groups on a distant hill
top, or heard ground the camp at night. Its skin makes a
useful addition to a settler's cabin, and is also a handsome
trophy when dressed as a rug.

Although bears are plentiful in many parts of Canada,
they are seldom seen (being nocturnal in their habits) ex-
cept by the hunters. The black bear, the commonest of
the tribe, is perfectly harmless, and never attacks man
unless wounded. Its food consists of berries and larvae
of insects and ants ; it plays havoc in a field of oats when
ripe, in which, when feeding, it is easily shot. Its skin is
much sought after, and bear's meat is frequently exposed
in our markets for sale in winter.

The grizzly bear makes his home in the Rocky Moun-
tains, whence he sallies forth on the plains, and is the most

I - ■ 3..

J «

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

165

ferocious and dangerous of his tr.be being Possessed oi
amazing strength and activity, attaining a we.ght aj hen
fuT grown of from 600 to 700 pounds. He is unable to
climrtrees like other bears, and when pursued turns and
sCws a most determined fight. Great skill is required in
th^ursuit of this animal, but the danger of the chase ren-
ders the sport most exciting. There ,s a spec.es of bear
ZlZ\^ in the barren grounds of the Northwest and .n the
fZZ River district known as the Cinnamon bear, very
Sar to the black bear in habits and size. It is com-
parativelv rare.

Us flesh is considered a great delicacy.

The elk stag or wapiti, formerly d.stnbuted all o^er
Can?dris';ow 'cxUnct in' the older provinc- b„H^ ^nin

in Southern Manitoba, and is -V^''""^f "\^^^ ^J.^ J.^ ,£
T?!ver district but is fast disappearing with the advance 01
dv^LVion Its fine branching horns make a splendid
Tphy b't they prove a most formidable weapon of de-
fence when the animal is brought to bay. ^ ,. . ,

The red deer is abundant, except in old settled districts
.here no forests are left, and its P^^-^ff-J^,^;;^, i^„P°,^,
to the huntsman. Indiscriminate slaugh er. t^l ^ t^ " t^
last few years, threatened its extermination, but stringent
laws for the observance of the close season are making the
deer more plentiful.

The black-tailed, or mule deer, is met with in the bush
country of the Northwest, but is rare and ^"Scult of access.

Deer-shooting in season can be had u. ost any part
of Canada, provided guides are procured.

The cariboo, or reindeer, is the fleetest, wildest and most
shy of all the deer tribe.

I(i6

OANADIAX HANDBOOK.

I'^'iS^

1:1

The \v(Mi(Ilaii(l Larilxm is abundant in Labrador, and may
bv found in cnsidcrabk- numbers in New Brunswick. In
the adjoininf? Province of Xova Scotia, their numbers are
gradually decreasing, their stronphoh! now beinp confined
to the Cobe(|uid .\[ountains and the up tids of Cape Breton.
Proceeding: westwards, it is found in (iaspe and the south-
western portions of Quebec, and in the northern districts
back of the Ottawa and .St. Lawrence Ri-vers. whence it
ranges as far as the southern limits of Hudson Bay, where
it is succeeded by another species known r •• the barren
ground reindeer, or cariboo. This is a smaller animal,
seldom exceeding 150 pounds in weight, v.-hilst large speci-
mens of the woodland cariboo weigh upwards of 400 pounds.

The Mountain Goat is common in the Rocky Mountains
above the tree line, but as winter sets in. it comes down to
the lower grounds. Its long white wool is silky and beau-
tiful. Professor Macoun speaks of them as being numerous
on .Mount Selwyn, and agile in jumping from crag to crag.
Ii Bow River Pass they are abundant. This animal mu.st
be stalked with great caution, its habits being very much
like those of the chamois in Switzerland.

'Hie American big-horn, or Rocky Mountain sheep, is
confined entirely to the mountain ranges of the far West,
where it dwells secure amongst the high cliffs, leaping un-
scathed from crag to crag. It is exceedingly wary and
difficult of approach, and has to be stalked with even more
precaution than the stag. The horns on the male are so
large at the base that they cover all the upper portion of the
head down nearly to a level with the eyes, and the skull is
exceedingly strong. The horns and head not infrequently
weigh over 50 pouni' .

The Antelope is the fleetest of all Canadian mammalj,
and when at rest is beautiful and gracefully statuesque. It
is essentially a dweller in the open country, and is rapidly
disappearing before the advance of settlement. It can
easily outrun a horse, but after running some time it will
stop suddenly, and, if the hunter hides, it will return and fall
an easy prey. It is sometimes hunted with greyhounds, but

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

t«7

more frequently stalked. Creat caution and patience are
required, as its'eyesiKlit is so keen tbat all the sportsman's
care is needed to approach it.

The Musk Ox is found only in the northern part of the
Dominion, stretching from the waters of Xorth Hudson's
Bav to the .\rctic Ocean. It is the size of a small ox, has
very short legs, and yet is fleet of foot. Its tleece may
almost be called double, with long surface hair, under which
is close and fine wool. As a robe, the musk ox skin is pre-
ferable to that of the butTalo. of which it has taken the place.
The r.ison, or T.uft'alo, in former times, was met with
from the eastern boundary of Manitoba to the Kocky Moun-
tains an.l from the international boundary to Peace Rner.
B-fore the advent of the white man, it roamed m cnmtless
thousands over the western plains, but to-day it is prac-
tically extinct. Like the Indian, it has retreated before
civilization, and the shrill whistle of the locomotue shnek-
ing across the prairie, has sounded the death-knell ot the
large game of the West.

Of smaller animals, the sportsman can always find an
abundance. In the older provinces squirrel shootmg attords
considerable sport, the black and gray spec.es bemg there m
good condition.

Rabbits are also abundant everywhere : but unlike the
English rabbit, thev do not burrow, lying hid under logs and
stumps or ank herbage, whence they are started by d.,gs.
In winter they change their grey coat to one ot white fur,
corresponding with the snow. This aimnal is really a hare
in its habus, but only the size of an English rabb t. 1 he
country, especially in the North-XVest, sr--ms a ive with
them in some years, while in other 'ley are scarcely seen.

On the western plains and ne. the Rocky Mountams,
the prairie hare, or jack rabbit, is found, corresponding
closely to the English hare and about the same size.

In" the older provinces the raccoon, which w^s once very

abundant, is now scarce, and were it not for its nocturnal

■ nbks wmild long ago have become almost extinct. Coon

1(8

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

hunting with dogs, on a moonlight night, on the edge of a
grain field, where these animals resort to feed, affords great
sport.

Of the marmot tribe, the ground hog is abundant on the
edges of the clearings, and on the prairies gophers and
prairie dogs are very common. The holes made by the
latter are a source of annoyance to the rider, often causing
a3 much inconvenience as those of the badger.

The latter is only met with in the far West, and is un-
known in the old provinces. It is very shy, but at the
same time inquisitive, peeping out of its hole, in which it
takes refuge, to ascertain the cause of its fright.

Porcupines, an enlarged species of the English hedge-
hog, are met with, more or less, everywhere in warm slopes
and thickets, and, like their English congeners, are slow in
iheir movements.

The fur-bearing animals are generally regarded as the
peculiar property of the trappers and Indians, and although
steadily sought after, are yet more or less abundant.

The wolverine is scarce and rapidly disappearing. Its
skin is a handsome trophy, the animal being the size of a
large dog.

The beaver is only to be found far from man's improve-
ments, but, in the Peace River district they are yet to be
found in colonies, and their dams are stated by explorers
through that part of the country to be the cause of the ex-
cessive flooils that occur there. Many small lakes owe their
existence to these dams.

Closely allied to the beaver but widely different in their
habits are the musk-rats, common in all ponds, marshes and
rivers from one end of Canada to the other. A very large
business is done in musk-rat skins, and, although persist-
ently hunted and trapped, its great fecundity saves the race
from extinction.

The above short sketch of the mammals has been given,
as the larger animals are more generally inquired after than

* f.

Falls in Sun Dance Canon, BANPr, Alberta

I i)''

r J'
[. ^

iri

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

small game. To enumerate the feathered or finny tribe
wouUl fill a volume. Lut it may safely be averred that no
ccuntrv offers a greater variety of ducks than Canada.

Swans breed only in the far North, and are seen only
when migrating.

The goose breeds on the n- .thcrn lakes. Teal are abun-
dant Bitterns are common along the grassy marshes and
■edi,. oanks of the rivers. Heron are not uncommon, and
in Manitoba and the Northwest p.iicans are abundant. Of
the grouse, plover, woodcock, snipe and smaller game, due
mention will be made in describing presently the hunting
grounds of the various provinces. ,.,>.-

The same remarks apply to the fish of the Dommion.
their name being legion, and every river, lake and poo
teems with some kind or another wh.ch will ord sport
either to the troller, fly-fisher or angler.

The hunting grounds of the various provinces may now
be shortly treated of respectively.

Nova Scotia is more celebrated for moose and salmon
than the other kinds of gam*- that are found in the sister
provinces. Moose are plentiful although constantly hunted,
and afford rare sport for British officers quartered at Hali-
fax The neighbourhood of the chain of lakes between
Annapolis and Liverpool, and the Petite and the Garden
^vers is claimed as one of the best hunting grounds whilst
tl,e Indian guides, necessary for the full enjoyment of sport
know all other likely grounds. Cariboo are found m the
Cobequid Mountain district. Grouse are plentiful all
through the province, but the finest shooting is woodcock,
which are found in great numbers. Snipe are tolerably
abundant, and salmon abound in all the rivers, whilst the
number of trout will surprise the fisherman unaccustomed
to Canadian streams.

The principal attractions of New Brunswick for the
sportsman are moose, cariboo, salmon and the St. Croix
trout or land-locked salmon. Moose are not nearly as
abundant as in former years, and can onlv be found by
parties visiting the province enlisting an old hunter in their

IT*

i'ANAlJlAX HAXimnoK.

cnnstc. Tlif >;'"i''''t Tantamar marsh in tlio soiith-oastcm
part of the province has the repntatiwn »»f being a sjdendid
snipe KroiuKi, while the KestiKouche is v<|k..illy celebrated
for the (|nantity of wilil fowl, especially geese, that visit it.

The fishing in the \ew lirtntswick rivers is especially
gooil. The Xipisignit, Miraniichi, Restigonche, St. John,
ami others afford the salmon tisher glorions sport. .\ pil-
grimage to the RestigoHche would afford sufficient material
to keep his memory busy for years to come. A well-known
American sportsman writes that "the northern countries
oi the province that border on the I!ay of Chaleur, aff'ord
un(|uestionably the best field for sportsmen to be found in
.\merica east of the Rocky .Mountains." In the .St. Croix
and its splendid chain of lakes trout alxmnd, and are uf a
kind i)eculiar to it, known as "land-locked salmon."
\\ hetlier in reality a different species or a degenerated
salmon is an open (piestion, but tln-y are very gamey, afford
first rate sport, and are excellent cal.ng. Kasy cf access,
an<I in a beautiful region of the cuinitr. St. Croix is a
favourite with tourists.

The rrovince of Quebec attords excellent shooting in
many parts ; swans, geese, ducks, gnnvsc, woodcock and
snipe, moose, cariboo, salmon, and trout are found in
abundance in their several localities. The chase of the two
farmer is only pursued during the winter, is h.-.rdy and ex-
hilarating, but real, downright hard work, and repays the
t( il. In the rivers emptying into the River and Culf of
Si. Lawrence, the lordly salmon is to be fouml. and the tlv
or any other fishing is simply superb. In the River Sc
Lawrence are localities noteil as the resoft of wild swans,
geese and ducks, snipe and phiver, curlew ami sea-fowl of
every kind, while the forests all through the province teem
with grouse, and the woodland openings and swampy
thickets harbor countless woodcock in their season. The
laige amount '>^ unsettled country in the province tends to
keep up the abundance of game, in which the more settled
portions of Canada are deficient.

.ANAUIAN HAMUIooK

I7t

The Province ..( ( )ntan.. i* so variiil in its ilitrirent dis-
tricts tha. what applies to one |M.rtion is perliaps the op-
posite of another. W here settlement has a.lvance.l. wame
has <lisap|.eare<l before it. hut there are lar^'e tracts of the
conntrv vet remaininn dothe.l with the virgin forest, only
viMte.l' h'v the lunjbernian. in which aaxw of all kin.l*
al'ounds." The ( )ttawa district is yet one of these, as well
OH : ipissinK and .\luskoka. althouKh the Canadian I'acihc
Kailwav and its connecting lines arc now opening these
rvKions for settlement, and a few years hence tnay class
then, onlv as amongst the localities that once hel.l Kamc.
Mn,,sc are met with on the Dnmoine and Conlonge rivers,
an.l in the backwoo.ls of the head waters of the Ottawa
river whilst deer are plentiful; duck and Rrouse sIlhUiuk
,s fjood, with a fair show of woodcock an.l snipe, and the
waters teem with inaskinonRe. pickerel and bass. In al
the rivers tributarv to the Ottawa on its north sh..re. and
in the lakes which lie scattered everywhere in its vicinity,
trout are plentiful. In central Ontario, in the ( )ld Front-
cnac or Kinpston <l.strict there is still pood sp..rt 1<. be had
amonK the ducks, grouse and snipe, though not e.|nal to
former ^ear^. The country in its rear, being rocky or
inarshv.'and unsuited for farming, still ab..unds with deer,
and is a favorite hunting groun.l. especially -along the
Opeongo and Hastings section. At the Thousan.l Islands,
a long stretch of the St. Lawrence river, unsurpasse.l f..r
beaut V. and a favorite ■■■ mner resort, splendi.l trolling is
aftor.ie.l for bass a..<l maskinonge. t.) say nothing of hsh.ng
f.- smaller frv. Kice Lake, in the rear of Cobourg. and
the neighbouring lakes are famous for maskinonge and bass
an<l the innumerable quantity of wild ducks that resort
th.re to feed upon the vast fields of wild rice which abound
along those waters. The Holland marsh, between Toronto
and Collingwood, is famous for snipe, plover and duck. In
its vicinitv, in years gone by, was one of the famous pigeon
ro..sts or'places where the wild pigeons flocked to breed m
thousands, whence thev made their daily incursions into
the surrounding country for food. This has, however.

mt
11

172

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

disappeared, though stragglers occasional!'" return to the
roost, but the mighty flocks of pigeons have emigrated to
South America. In autumn these birds are to be found
scattered in small flocks along the edges of clearings, feed-
ing on grain fields, but their numbers are very limited and
yearly becoming less. On Lake Erie, Long Point and
Point Pelee, the St. Clair flats, on the western boundary,
and Baptiste Creek, are admirable ducking grounds. Long
Point, averaging eight miles in breadth and projecting
some twenty miles into the lake, with wide fringes of marsh
on both sides, in which wild rice is the chief growth, is
controlled by a club of sportsmen, who keep it strictly pre-
served, and thus have it well stocked with game. Quails
have been introduced with grouse on the higher ground,
and wild turkeys have, of late years, been introduced, which
are thriving on the ridge of land, running the length of the
Point, crowded with oak, maple, cherry, elm, and chestnut
trees, affording a splendid cover for this noble bird. The
only localities in Canada, apart from this, where the wild
turkey yet remains are in the counties of Essex and Kent,
and there they are rare. In the early days of settlement,
the whole western peninsula of Ontario abounded with the
turkey, and the peculiar growth of the woodlands there,
comparatively free from underbrush, afforded magnificent
sport. Proceeding northwards along Lake Huron, along
whose shores curlew, plover, and water-fowl abound, the
Manitoulin Islands still afford good shooting and fishing
in the waters round them. At the Straits of Mackinaw and
Sf^ult Ste. Marie splendid fishing can be had, the salmon
trout of Lakes Huron and Superior attaining a very large
size, whilst all the rivers running into the Georgian Bay
and Lake Superior teem with trout, and are a favourite
resort. Whenever the country is in a state of nature, the
sportsman must rough it and live under canvas, laying in
before he starts his necessary camp furniture and provi-
sions. All along Lake Superior the rivers and streams
Tunning into it, especially the Nepigon. are a paradise for
trout fishermen, and seem still to possess as many fish as

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

17»

when discovered. Bears, deer, and an occasional wolf
may here be killed, whilst the larder may be kept well sup-
plied with feathered erame.

In Manitoba, within a few miles west of Winnipeg,
piairie fowl are to be found scattered in all directions, ia
numbers sufficient to satisfy any sportsman, whilst in
autuirn ducks and water-fowl literally cover every pond
and lake. Successive flocks of these keep sport alive.
First, in August, the grey duck and merganser make their
appearance, succeeded in September by sea-ducks of every
description, and during these months geese, ducks and
prairie-fowl take to the stubble fields, where civilization
has reached and are easily shot. Professor Macoun states
that about forty species of game birds are to be seen on the
prairie at that season. In Southern Manitoba the elk is
yet found in the neighbourhood of Moose Mountain (wrong-
ly named), for the moose frequents the country further
north lying between Lakes Manitoba and Winnipeg, and
the countrv west of Lake Manitoba. In the latter, as well
as in the waters of Winnipeg, there are large quantities of
whitefish of a very large size and ^uperior quality, and
sturgeon of an enormous size are found ti.ere, and in the
Saskatchewan and Red rivers. In all the mountain streams-
of the Northwest which unite to form the South Saskat-
chewan there are multitudes of beautiful trout with salmon-
colored flesh. To the sportsman and the lover of the
picturesque there i.^ uo place in that portion of Canada that
holds out inducements equal to those to bt found in the
Bow River district. Hunting or fishing, as he turns his
gaze to the west, he will see, towering up to the skies, peak
over peak, the everlasting hills. Should the mountains
become tiresome he has only to turn to the east and look
over the swelling prairie, until in the distance the grassy
mounds melt into the limitless horizon. The Peace River
district is a great resort for bear, both black and grizzly,
and there is abundance of the larger game also-elk, moose
and deer All its lakes team with fish of the very best
quality; geese and ducks during their migration are m

174

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

■i

countless tlioiisands, an evidence of wliich is iijiven in the
fact of many thousand peese being killed and preserved for
winter use every autumn at the Hudson Bay I'ost, Fort
Chippewayan. At the same place no less than 25,000
whitefish are dried every year for winter use, such as are
not required as rations for the men being fed to the train
dogs. The country here is described as park-like, the un-
dulating plains being dotted with groves of trees.

Within the Rocky Mountains, besides fishing, hunting
the Bighorn and the Rocky Mountain goat will give excit-
ing sport. In spring and summer the males form separate
bands of from three to twenty, and feed along the edges of
glaciers, or rest among the castle-like crags of the high
summits. Whether cpnetly feeding or scaling the wild
cliffs, their noble forms and the beauty of their movements
never fail to strike the beholder with liv . admiration. In
the months of November and Deceml)er all flock together,
male and female, old and young. Wary in the extreme,
they are most difficult to ajjjjroach, and it is only by exercis-
ing all the stratagems of a hunter that a shot can he fired
at -!iem. Man's incursions in the mountains are making
the animals more wary every year, and were it not for the
inaccessible places they are able to scale, and the giddy
lieights they fearlessly tread, where men cannot follow,
their days would be soon ftumbered and they would become
like the butfalo, an animal of history.

In British Columbia, the general aspect of the country
naturally impresses the sportsman that it is a land abound-
ing with game. The rugged mountain ranges are wooded
on their slopes, and have in their embrace, lakes, swamps
and natural meadows ; lakes of all sizes, from the little pond
to the body of crystal-like water 100 miles long, often linked
"by streams, lake after lake turning and twi.sting to find an
outlet to the ocean, generally through one or other of the
larger rivers of the province, all abounding with fish. On
the low lands and near the coast in the winter the black-tail
dfcr is numerous. This animal frequents the dense coni-
feious forests of the Pacific coast, delighting in their dark

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

1-5

and damp recesses. It is seldom found far from tiinlur
thick covert into which it can retreat. To

from

some
the northward, where it has been but Httle hunted as yet
it comes down frequently to the salt water to feed on a
sjiecies of sea weed cast up on the shore, and the Indians
kill many, so feeding, by stealing up within shot in tlieir
li<rht canoes. Deer are abundant on the islands and among
the mountains of the coast, but there are great areas of ter-
ritory where, owing t(} the thick and tangled character of
the undergrowth, stalking is out of the question, because
of the impossibility of noiseless progress through the
tl'.ickets. The elk is abundant on the coast line of tlie
mainland, especially east of the Cascade range. ( ".rouse
are found everywhere, both on the mainland and the island.
frequenting the thick fern and the pine lands, the willow
grouse much resembling the English jjartridge. Prairie
f(>wl are plentiful in the valleys of the east Cascade region,
and occasionally the rare game bird, the large sage hen or
" cock of the plains." may be found above ( )si>y«"«<. Ducks,
geese, snipe and pigeon are everywhere, the mo. c

Fraser River especially being a great resort for wild-l< .1.
The vallevs of the Thompson. Okonagon. and Cache Creek
afford good sport for the rifle and the gun. and. in the
mountain districts, bears may be had with the aid of a guide
and experienced hunter. The grizzly and cinnamon bear,
with wolves and lynx, can be hunted. l)Ut the sport is by no
means free from danger, and considerable roughing must
be encountered by the hunter.

Salmon in P.ritish Columbia are far more numerous than
in the Atlantic Provinces of the Dominion, coming up from
the sea in millions: Miis is no exaggeration. .^ix species
are said to exist in the waters of the Pacific Coast, four of
which are excellent and of great commercial importance.

On the Fraser. the Skecna. and the P.ass rivers large can-
neries are located. Trout abounds in all the lakes and
streams, and whitefish are common in the lakes in the
middle and northern interior of the provinces. Smelts of

176

CANADIAN HANDBOOK.

It °i|i

two kinds are abundant on the coast, and a delicate fish
known as the " Candle fish," or Oolachan, is very abundant
along the coast in spring.

In some portions of the province the country is open
and dotted with trees, much like an old world park, and a
horseman can canter along at will without underbrush to
impede his progress. Snow seldom falls to any depth, ex-
cept in the mountains, and, as a consequence, the game is
not driven from its regular grounds, as in many of the other
older provinces.

In conclusion, this remark applies universally ; that with
the advance of settlement animal life retreats. The western
plains, so lately thronged with bands of elk and antelopes
and roamed over by countless herds of bison, are yearly
required more and more for human pastures, instead of
nature's feeding ground. Hill, valley, forest and meadow
everywhere are alike coming under man's control, thereby
rapidly pushing to the verge of extinction many species of
animals which were formerly abundant. But for the true
sportsman there is yet abundance oi game, and the migra-
tions of the wild fowl save them from the universal de-
struction which threatens quadrupedal life. Canada is
easy of access, its hunting grounds are equal to any of those
in Europe, and free to all, and for scenery and beauty of
landscape, for the grandeur of its forests, the wild solitude
of its mountains, and the placid waters of its inland lakes,
it stands unrivalled.

1^^

t
i

'n^^^^TSST'^'^^^^

i ij»tM;.irj»f' i r'TT i ft-'™"*"*™*™'*'*'^ **'*******"

^^--i^ W^^^ ^C>vk ,

MANITOBA

NORTH-WEST TERRITORY

(DOMINION OR CANADA)

^•»i _

PrtMrM .M.r dinctl.. ,r BOR. STDRET A riSHM. Mt.M« .f A,rt«Il.r., Otto...

ert0

120

lie

IIS